JP6696391B2 - Amusement machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

In the gaming machine of the pachinko machine or the like, a displacement member which is formed to be Displacement, which the gaming machine is known that includes a regulating means for regulating that game balls are thrown into orbit region of displacement of members of that (Patent Document 1).

JP, 2010-166997, A

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, there is a problem in that a problem may occur due to the game ball sent from the restricting means to the trajectory area of the displacement means .

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine in which a problem caused by a game ball sent from a restricting means to a trajectory area of a displacing means is unlikely to occur. ..

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is provided with a displacing means that is displaceably formed, and a regulating means that regulates that the game ball is fed to the track area of the displacing means. The displacing means is configured to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position or in a second direction that is opposite to the first direction from the reference position, and is connected to the mechanism part. and a follower which is displaced with the displacement of the mechanism, the driven part is possible abutment to have been game ball throwing on and the mechanism portion is displaced to the reference position the track region, the game machine, after the said in a state of maintaining the posture of the follower mechanism section with respect to the mechanism portion is displaced from the second direction to the first direction, the posture of the follower relative to the mechanism in altered Rukoto, abutting game ball to the follower Ru is thrown capable formed in the first direction.

According to the gaming machine according to the first aspect, it is possible to make it difficult for the trouble caused by the game ball sent from the restricting means to the track area of the displacement means .

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the first embodiment. It is a front view of the game board of the pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is an exploded perspective front view of a pachinko machine. It is an exploded perspective front view of an operation unit and a game board. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of an operation unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a rear view of a lower displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in a retracted state. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in a 1st overhang state. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in the 2nd overhang state. It is a rear view of the lower displacement unit in the retracted state. It is a rear view of the lower displacement unit in a 1st overhang state. It is a rear view of the lower displacement unit in the 2nd overhang state. FIG. 6A is a rear view of the first link member and the cam member in the retracted state, FIG. 7B in the first extended state, and FIG. 7C in the second extended state. FIG. 20 is a schematic sectional view of the lower displacement unit taken along line XXIIa-XXIIa in FIG. 18, and FIG. 19B is a schematic sectional view of the lower displacement unit taken along line XXIIb-XXIIb in FIG. 19. (A) is a front view of a lower displacement member, and (b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member. It is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a lower displacement member. (A) And (b) is a front view of a lower displacement member. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 1st position. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 2nd position. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 3rd position. (A) to (c) are partially enlarged views of the lower displacement member. (A)-(c) is a front view of a lower displacement member. (A)-(c) is a front view of a lower displacement member. (A)-(c) is a front view of a lower displacement member. (A)-(c) is a front view of a lower displacement member. 34A is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member in the range XXXVa of FIG. 34B, and FIG. 34B is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member in the range XXXVb of FIG. 34A. (A) is a top view of a distribution unit, (b) is a rear view of a distribution unit. It is an exploded front perspective view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled rear perspective view of a distribution unit. It is sectional drawing of the distribution unit in the XXXIX-XXXIX line of FIG.36 (a). 39A and 39B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit in the range XL of FIG. 39. (A) And (b) is a partial enlarged view of a distribution unit. (A) And (b) is a partial enlarged view of a distribution unit. (A) And (b) is a partial enlarged view of a distribution unit. (A) And (b) is a partial enlarged view of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a distribution unit and a lower displacement unit. It is a top view of a distribution unit and a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is sectional drawing of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is sectional drawing of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is sectional drawing of a distribution unit. It is a front view of a rotation unit. It is a rear view of a rotation unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotation unit. It is a disassembled rear perspective view of a rotation unit. It is a front view of a decoration unit. 57A is a side view of the decorative unit as viewed in the direction of arrow LVIIIa in FIG. 57, and FIG. 57B is a side view of the decorative unit as viewed in the direction of arrow LVIIIb in FIG. 57. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a decoration unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a decoration unit. 55 is a rotary unit as viewed in the direction of arrow LVa in FIG. 55, and (b) is a rotary unit as indicated by arrow LVb in FIG. 55. 55 is a rotary unit as viewed in the direction of arrow LVa in FIG. 55, and (b) is a rotary unit as indicated by arrow LVb in FIG. 55. FIG. 7A is a side view of the decorative unit and the right transmission member in a closed state, FIG. 8B is an intermediate state, and FIG. FIG. 7A is a side view of the decorative unit and the right transmission member in the open state, the intermediate state, and the closed state in FIG. FIG. 65A is a side view of the decoration unit in the closed state, and FIG. 65B is a side view of the decoration unit in the open state. 66A is a front view of the rotating body, FIG. 66B is a side view of the rotating body as viewed in the direction of arrow LXVIb in FIG. 66A, and FIG. 66C is an arrow LXVIc in FIG. 66A. It is a side view of a rotating body in direction view. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotary body. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a rotating body. (A) is a side view of the rotating body when the opening / closing member is in a closed state, and (b) is a side view of the rotating body when the opening / closing member is in an opened state. (A) And (b) is a side view of a decoration unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit and a rotation unit. FIG. 72 is a top view of the lower displacement unit as viewed in the direction of arrow LXII in FIG. 71. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit and a rotation unit. (A) is a top view of the ball pedestal, (b) is a front view of the ball pedestal, (c) is a cross-sectional view of the ball pedestal taken along line LXXIVc-LXXIVc in FIG. 74 (a). Is. It is an exploded perspective view of a ball pedestal. (A) And (b) is sectional drawing of a ball pedestal. 53A and 53B are schematic cross-sectional views of the rotation unit taken along the line LXXVII-LXXVII in FIG. 53. It is a front view of an upper displacement unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of an upper displacement unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of an upper displacement unit. It is a front view of the upper displacement unit in a state where the upper displacement member is arranged in the retracted position. It is a front view of the upper displacement unit in the state where the upper displacement member is arranged at the intermediate position. It is a front view of the upper displacement unit in the state where the upper displacement member is arranged in the projecting position. (A) is a front view of a variable part, (b) is a rear view of the variable part. It is a disassembled perspective front view of the lower displacement member in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view of a lower displacement member. It is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 3rd position. (A) is a front view of the lower displacement member in 3rd Embodiment, (b) is a rear view of a lower displacement member. It is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a lower displacement member. (A) And (b) is a front view of a lower displacement member. (A) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 1st position, (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 2nd position. (A) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 3rd position, (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member in a 2nd position. It is a front view of the lower displacement unit in a 4th embodiment. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. FIG. 97A is a top view of the distribution unit in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 97B is a rear view of the distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a distribution unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a distribution unit. It is sectional drawing of the distribution unit in CC line | wire of FIG. 97 (a). (A) And (b) is a partial enlarged view of the distribution unit in the range CI of FIG. It is a front view of the rotation unit in a 6th embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotation unit. It is a disassembled perspective rear view of a distribution unit. (A)-(c) is a side view of the decoration unit in the arrow CV direction view of FIG. 104. (A)-(c) is a side view of the decoration unit in the arrow CV direction view of FIG. 104. It is a side surface schematic diagram of the displacement unit in a 7th embodiment. It is a side surface schematic diagram of a displacement unit. It is a side surface schematic diagram of a displacement unit when a game ball is held by a displacement member. It is a side surface schematic diagram of a displacement unit when a game ball is held by a displacement member. It is a front view of a pachinko machine in an 8th embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective front view of a rotation operation unit. FIG. 121 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine taken along the line CXIII-CXIII in FIG. 111. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a pachinko machine.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 77, one embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described as a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 2 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 2 having substantially the same outer shape as that of the outer frame 2. And an inner frame 4 that is openably and closably supported. To support the inner frame 4, metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 2 at two upper and lower positions on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1), and the side provided with the hinges 18 serves as an opening / closing shaft. The frame 4 is supported openably and closably on the front side.

  A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 4 from the back side. A ball game is performed by flowing a ball (game ball) on the front surface of the game board 13. In addition, in the inner frame 4, a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. Rails (not shown) and the like are attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 4, a front door 5 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. To support the front door 5 and the lower plate unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to two upper and lower parts on the left side in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the side where the hinges 19 are provided serves as an opening / closing axis. 5 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported to be openable and closable toward the front front side. The locking of the inner frame 4 and the locking of the front door 5 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front door 5 is assembled with a decorative resin component, an electrical component, or the like, and a window portion 5c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two glass plates 8 is arranged on the rear surface side of the front door 5, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front surface side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  On the front door 5, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with its front surface protruding and the upper face open, and prize balls, rental balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the ball introduced into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4) by the inclination. A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or when changing the effect contents of the super reach. It

  The front door 5 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front door 5 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means perform a change control of the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to a change in the game state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect effect during the game. On the periphery of the window portion 5c, there are provided electric decoration portions 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as a production lamp such as a jackpot lamp, and when a jackpot or a reach production is performed, each illumination portion 29 to 33 is turned on by turning on or blinking the built-in LED. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is in progress, or that the reach before the jackpot is in progress. A display lamp 34 is provided in the upper left portion of the front door 5 as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and a light emitting means such as an LED is built-in, which can display whether a prize ball is being paid out or when an error has occurred.

  In addition, a small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the right illumination portion 32 by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front door 5 can be visually recognized, and a pasting space K1 on the front side of the game board 13 (Fig. The certificate or the like attached to (see 2) is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to a region around the electric decorations 29 to 33 in order to bring out more glitter.

  A ball rental operating unit 40 is arranged below the window 5c. The ball rental operation section 40 is provided with a frequency display section 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball rental operation unit 40 is operated in a state where banknotes, cards, etc. are inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information of a card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the remaining amount as a number as the remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a loan ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the loan ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. To be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted in the card unit. It should be noted that the ball rental operation unit 40 is not necessary in a so-called cash machine, which is a pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without a card unit, but in this case, the ball rental operation unit 40 is used. It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to share a pachinko machine using a card unit with a cash machine.

  In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a central portion of the lower plate unit 15 in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by the player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is provided.

  Inside the operation handle 51, a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball firing unit 112a, a firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) for detecting a dynamic operation amount (rotational position) by a change in electric resistance is built in. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the rotation operation amount, and the resistance value of the variable resistor is changed. The ball is fired with a strength (firing strength) corresponding to, and thus the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are off.

  At the lower part of the front surface of the lower plate 50, a ball removing lever 52 for operating when discharging the balls stored in the lower plate 50 downward is provided. The ball-pulling lever 52 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom of the lower plate 50 opens, and The sphere spontaneously falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is usually performed in a state in which a box (generally referred to as “thousand box”) for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. The operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower plate 50 as described above, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a windmill, rails 76, 77, and general prizes. The mouth 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the first through gate 66, the variable display device unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). It is attached to the back side of. The base plate 60 is made of wood made by laminating thin plate materials, and is formed so that the player cannot see the various structures arranged from the front side to the back side of the base plate 60. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and are provided on the game board 13. It is fixed by tapping screws from the front side.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 4 through the window portion 5c of the front door 5 (see FIG. 1). The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below mainly with reference to FIG.

  On the front surface of the game board 13, an outer rail 77 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted, and inside the outer rail 77, a strip-shaped metal plate similar to the outer rail 77. The arc-shaped inner rails 76 formed in 1 are planted. The inner rails 76 and the outer rails 77 surround the outer circumference of the front surface of the game board 13, and the front and rear surfaces are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area where a game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is an area formed on the front surface of the game board 13 and divided by two rails 76 and 77 and a resin outer edge member 73 that connects the rails (a winning opening or the like is provided and fired). The area where the sphere flows down).

  The two rails 76 and 77 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper portion of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to a tip portion (upper left portion of FIG. 2) of the inner rail 76 to prevent a situation in which the ball guided to the upper part of the game board 13 returns to the ball guide passage again. To be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 77 (upper right portion in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball, and the ball fired with a force greater than a predetermined value hits the return rubber 69 to generate a force. Is attenuated and bounces back toward the center.

  The first symbol display device 37A, 37B provided with a plurality of LEDs, which are light emitting means, and a 7-segment display is disposed on the lower left side in the front view of the game area (lower left side in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are displays according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly according to whether the ball has won the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while on the other hand, when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  Further, the first symbol display device 37A, 37B, by using an LED, indicates whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the process of positive change, time saving, or normal by a lighting state, or indicates whether it is changing by a lighting state. , The stop symbol indicates whether it is a symbol corresponding to the probability variation jackpot, a symbol corresponding to the normal jackpot, or a symbol that is out of sync with a lighting state, and the number of reserved balls is indicated by a lighting state, and a 7-segment display device provides a round of jackpots. Display numbers and errors. In addition, the plurality of LEDs are configured such that the respective LEDs have different emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue), and the combination of the emission colors can suggest various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is carried out when a prize is awarded to either the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big hit (big hit lottery), and when it is a big hit, also makes a determination of the big hit type. As the types of jackpots determined here, 15R certainty jackpots, 4R certainty jackpots, and 15R regular jackpots are prepared. The first symbol display devices 37A, 37B not only show whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as a stop symbol after the end of variation, but if it is a big hit, a symbol according to the big hit type is shown. ..

  Here, the "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum round number shifts to a high probability state after the 15 round jackpot, and the "4R probability variation jackpot" is a jackpot with a maximum round number of 4 rounds. It is a probability change jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after. In addition, "15R normal jackpot" is a jackpot that shifts to a low-probability state after the jackpot with the maximum round number of 15 rounds and becomes a shortened state for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). is there.

  The "high probability state" means a state in which the subsequent jackpot probability increases as an added value after the jackpot ends, that is, when the probability is changing (probably changing), in other words, a game that easily transitions to a special game state. Is the state of. The high-probability state (probably changing) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the probability of hitting a second symbol, which will be described later, increases and the ball easily wins the second winning opening 640. The "low probability state" refers to a state in which the probability of jackpot is not in progress, and the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than that in the probability change. In addition, the time saving state (time saving time) in the “low probability state” is a state where the jackpot probability is a normal state, the jackpot probability remains the same, and only the hit probability of the second symbol is increased to the second winning opening 640. It is a game state where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the normal state, it is a state of the game which is neither probable change nor short time (a state where neither the jackpot probability nor the hit probability of the second symbol is improved).

  During the probability change or shortening of time, not only the probability of hitting the second symbol is increased, but also the time for which the first electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened is changed, which is longer than the normal time. Time is set. When the first electric auditors product 640a is in the opened state (open state), as compared with the case where the first electric auditors product 640a is in the closed state (closed state), to the second winning hole 640. The ball is in a state where it is easy to win. Therefore, during the probability change or shortening of time, it becomes easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640, and the number of times the jackpot lottery is performed can be increased.

  It should be noted that, during the probability change or shortening of time, the opening time of the first electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is not changed, or in addition to changing the opening time, one hit Therefore, the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is opened may be changed to be larger than that during normal operation. Further, during the probability change or shortening time, the winning probability of the second symbol is not changed, and the first electric auditors product 640a associated with the second winning port 640 is opened and the first electric auditors product per hit. At least one of the number of times the 640a is opened may be changed. In addition, during the probability change or shortening of time, the time for which the first electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened or the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is opened per hit is not changed, Only the winning probability of the second symbol may be changed so as to be higher than in the normal state.

  In the game area, there are arranged a plurality of general winning openings 63 in which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the center of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is synchronized with the variable display on the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B by using the winning (starting winning) of either the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640 as a trigger. A third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a "display device") that performs variable display of symbols, and an LED that variably displays the second symbol triggered by passage of a ball of the first through gate 66. And a second symbol display device (not shown) configured with.

  Further, the variable display device unit 80 is provided with a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible through an opening formed in the center of the center frame 86.

  The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), for example, upper, middle and lower 3 Two symbol columns are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol), and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 by horizontally scrolling the third symbol for each symbol column. It is like this. In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the display of the game state accompanied by the control of the main controller 110 (see FIG. 4) is performed on the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B, whereas the first The decorative display corresponding to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Instead of the display device, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the third symbol display device 81.

  The second symbol display device, every time the sphere passes through the first through gate 66, a symbol "○" and a symbol "×" as display symbols (second symbol (not shown)) are alternately alternated for a predetermined time. The variable display to be turned on is performed. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed the first through gate 66, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if it is a win, the symbol “◯” is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the second symbol on the second symbol display device. In addition, as a result of the winning lottery, if it is out, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the third symbol on the second symbol display device.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device is stopped with a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, a symbol "○"), the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is displayed. It is configured to be in an operating state (open) for a predetermined time.

  The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter during the probability change or during the time saving than when the game state is normal. As a result, during the probability change and the time reduction, the variable display of the second symbol is performed in a short time, so that the winning lottery can be performed more than usual. Therefore, the chances of winning in the winning lottery increase, so that the player can be given many opportunities to open the first electric accessory 640a of the second winning opening 640. Therefore, the ball can easily enter the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and the time saving.

  It should be noted that during the probability change or during the shortening of the time, the winning probability is increased to increase the winning probability, and the opening time and the number of times of opening the first electric accessory 640a per hit are increased. In the case where the ball is easily awarded to 640, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the game state. On the other hand, when the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter than the normal time during the probability variation or the time saving, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the gaming state, or one hit. The opening time and the number of times of opening the first electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the game state.

  The first through gate 66 is attached to the game board in the area on the right side of the variable display device unit 80. The first through gate 66 is configured so that a part of the spheres flowing down the game board can pass through among the spheres fired on the game board. When the ball passes through the first through gate 66, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, a variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a win, the symbol "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display and the result of the winning lottery is out For example, the symbol "x" is displayed as the variable display stop symbol.

  The number of times the ball passes through the first through gate 66 is reserved up to a total of four times, and the number of reserved balls is displayed by the above-described first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and a second symbol holding lamp (not shown). ) Is also lit and displayed. Two second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  The variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol. Alternatively, a part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of retained balls for the passage of the balls of the first through gate 66 is not limited to 4 times, and may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). .. The number of through gates to be assembled is not limited to two, and may be three or more. Further, the mounting positions of the through gates are not limited to the left and right sides of the variable display device unit 80, and may be below the variable display device unit 80, for example. Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, it is possible not to perform the lighting display by the second symbol reservation lamp.

  Below the variable display device unit 80, a first winning opening 64 through which a ball can be won is arranged. When a ball wins the first winning opening 64, a first winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the turning on of the first winning opening switch. (Refer to FIG. 4) A big hit lottery is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, on the right side of the first winning opening 64 in a front view, a second winning opening 640 through which a ball can win is arranged. When the ball wins the second winning opening 640, a second winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 ( Big hit lottery is made (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

  Further, each of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 is also one of the winning openings through which five balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball wins. In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out when the balls are won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls are won in the second winning opening 640 are the same. , The number of prize balls paid out when a ball is won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when a ball is winning in the second winning opening 640, for example, a ball to the first winning opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when a prize is won may be set to 3, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball is won to the second winning port 640 may be set to 5.

  Further, on the left side in front view of the first winning opening 64, a third winning opening 82 through which a ball can win is arranged. When the ball wins, the third winning opening 82 can send the winning ball to the first opening 511 of the sorting unit 500 described later via the ball sending unit 600. That is, the third winning opening 82 is arranged in communication with the first opening 511 described later.

  The third winning combination 82 is accompanied by a third electric accessory 82a. This third electric accessory 82a is configured to be rotationally displaced with respect to the game board 13 so that it can be opened and closed. Normally, the third electric accessory 82a is in a closed state (reduced state) and the ball is the third prize. It is difficult to win a prize in the mouth 82. On the other hand, when there is a jackpot determination triggered by the winning of the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640, the third electric auditors product 82a is opened for a predetermined time before, after, or during the jackpot (expansion). State), and the ball is in a state where it is easy to enter the third winning opening 82. In addition, a sensor device SE1 that detects a passing ball is mounted on the downstream side of the third winning opening 82.

  In addition, the timing of opening the third electric accessory 82a does not have to be performed by the winning of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 5640, and the passage of the sleeping ball of the first through gate 66. As a result of the variable display of the second symbol performed as a result, when the symbol "O" is displayed on the second symbol display device, it may be released.

  A first electric accessory 640a is attached to the second winning opening 640. The first electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally the first electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), and a ball is difficult to enter the second winning opening 640. There is. On the other hand, as a result of the variable display of the second symbol that is performed by the passage of the ball to the first through gate 66, when the symbol "○" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the first electric accessory 640a is displayed. It is in an open state (enlarged state), and the ball is in a state where it is easy to enter the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that in the normal state during the probability change and the shortening of the time period, and the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is short, so that in the variable display of the second symbol, “○” is displayed. Is easily displayed, and the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged state) increases. Further, during the probability change or the shortening of the time, the time for which the first electric accessory 640a is opened is longer than that during the normal time. Therefore, during the probability change or shortening of time, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to win the second winning opening 640 than in the normal time.

  Here, the probability of being a big hit is the same in both the low-probability state and the high-probability state, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64 and when the ball wins the second winning opening 640. However, when the jackpot is a big jackpot, the probability that the 15R probability variation jackpot will be selected as a jackpot type is higher when the ball is won at the second winning port 640 than when the ball is won at the first winning port 64. It is set. On the other hand, the first winning opening 64 does not have the first electric accessory 640a like the second winning opening 640, and the ball is always ready to win.

  Therefore, during normal operation, the electric winning object associated with the second winning opening 640 is often in a closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640. Then, the ball is fired so that the ball passes the left side of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called "left hitting"), and a lot of chances of the big hit lottery are obtained by winning the prize at the first winning a prize port 64, which is a big hit. It is advantageous for the player to aim for that.

  On the other hand, during a sudden change or shortening of time, by passing a ball through the first through gate 66, the first electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning port 640 is likely to be opened, and the second winning port 640 is won. Since it is in an easy state, the ball is shot toward the second winning opening 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called “right hit”), and the first through gate 66 is passed. It is more advantageous for the player to open the first electric accessory 640a and aim for a 15R certainty variation jackpot by winning the second winning opening 640.

  In this way, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment shoots a ball to the player according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is in a certain change, in a short time, or in a normal state). Can be changed to "left-handed" and "right-handed". Therefore, it is possible to change the way the ball is hit for the player, so that the game can be enjoyed.

  A variable winning device 65 is disposed on the right side of the first winning opening 64, and a horizontally elongated rectangular specific winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of one of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 becomes a jackpot, the jackpot stops after a predetermined time (variable time) has passed. While turning on the first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B so as to become a symbol, the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of the jackpot is shown. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, the specific winning opening 65a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds elapse or until 10 balls are won).

  The specific winning opening 65a is closed after a lapse of a predetermined time, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at the maximum. The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is paid out a larger amount of award balls than usual in order to give a game value (game value). Is done.

  The variable winning device 65 is, specifically, a horizontally-long rectangular opening / closing plate that covers the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the opening / closing on the front side with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis. It has and. The specific winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot be won or is difficult to win. At the time of a big hit, the large opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower side of the front face to temporarily form an open state in which the ball easily wins the specific winning opening 65a, and the open state and the normally closed state. The state and the state operate alternately.

  The special game state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. A large opening which is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a is provided in the game area, and when the LED corresponding to the big hit in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B is turned on, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, During the opening of the specific winning opening 65a, when the ball wins into the specific winning opening 65a, a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined period of time and a predetermined number of times as a special game state. It may be formed as a state. Further, the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or a plurality of two or more (for example, three) may be arranged, and the arrangement position is not limited to the right side of the first winning opening 64. It may be on the left side of the variable display device unit 80.

  At the lower right corner of the game board 13, a sticking space K1 for sticking a stamp or an identification label is provided, and the sticker or the like stuck to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front door 5. 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with a first outlet 71. Balls that flow down the game area and have not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640, 82 are guided to a ball discharging path (not shown) through the first out opening 71. It The first outlet 71 is arranged below the first winning opening 64.

  On the game board 13, a large number of nails are planted in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the balls, and various members (features) such as a wind turbine are arranged.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a firing control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

  The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a payout unit 93 as a unit. Also, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used in various lottery, time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generating circuit and the like are installed as needed.

  The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

  Further, in the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (payout controller 111 and launch controller 112), the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit (not shown) in an unopenable manner (caulking structure). (Consolidated by). Further, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover so as to extend over the box base and the box cover. The seal sticker is made of a brittle material, and if the seal sticker is peeled off to open the board boxes 100 and 102, or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are closed. To be cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.

  The payout unit 93 is located at the uppermost part of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, the tank rail 131 that is connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and is gently inclined toward the downstream side, and the downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out the balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall, and the required number of balls is paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

  The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. In addition to a certain RAM 203, various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built in. In the main controller 110, the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, setting of display on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of the display result on the second symbol display device by the MPU 201. To execute.

  Note that various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device only in one direction.

  The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, and flags, a stack area in which the contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, the return address of a control program executed by the MPU 201, and the like, various flags, counters, I / O, etc. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. It should be noted that the RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 and data can be retained (backup) even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

  When the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer at the time of the power shutdown (including the occurrence of a power failure. The same applies to the following) and the value of each register. On the other hand, at the time of power-on (including power-on by eliminating power failure. The same applies to the following), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is returned to the state before power-off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by a main process (not shown) when the power is cut off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by a startup process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured so that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201. When input to, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. In the input / output port 205, the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol display device, the second symbol holding lamp, and the lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a are axes. Is connected to a solenoid 209 including a large opening solenoid for driving to open and close to the front side and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory, and the MPU 201 sends various command and control signals to them via an input / output port 205. To send.

  Further, the input / output port 205 includes various switches 208 including a switch group (not shown) and a sensor group including the slide position detecting sensor S and the rotational position detecting sensor R, and a RAM erasing switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory and the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal register of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. , I / O and the like are stored in the work area (work area). The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Note that, like the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main controller 110, the payout motor 216, the firing controller 112, etc. are connected to the input / output port 215. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting the paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but not to the main control device 110.

  The firing control device 112 controls the ball firing unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to fire a sphere, the sphere launching unit 112a has a launching strength corresponding to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. .. The ball firing unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet, which are not shown, and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and operates the firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball to be off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited according to the amount of rotation operation (rotational position) of the handle 51, and a ball is emitted with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The voice lamp control device 113 outputs a voice in a voice output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs a light and a light in a lamp display device (such as the illumination units 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) 227, and produces a variation (variation). It is for controlling the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as display) and notice production. The MPU 221 which is an arithmetic unit has a ROM 222 which stores a control program executed by the MPU 221 and fixed value data and the like, and a RAM 223 which is used as a work memory and the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the other device 228, the frame button 22, etc. are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively. The other device 228 includes drive motors KM1, KM2, KM3.

  The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). Further, the voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed or the super reach is performed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the content of the effect at that time. When the stage is changed, in order to display the rear image corresponding to the changed stage on the third symbol display device 81, a rear image change command including information about the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol which is the main image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.

  Further, the voice lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) indicating the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. In the voice lamp control device 113, based on the display command received from the display control device 114, in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81, a voice corresponding to the display content is output from the voice output device 226, and, Lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the displayed contents.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, such as a variation effect of the third symbol on the third symbol display device 81. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content indicated by this display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 and the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.

  The power supply device 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 V AC supplied from the outside, and 12 V voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, and motors, A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like as necessary.

  The power outage monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power outage signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power outage or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of DC stable 24V which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power interruption, power interruption) occurs when this voltage becomes less than 22V. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs the voltage of 5 V which is the drive voltage of the control system for a sufficient time to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of DC stable 24 V becomes less than 22 V. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data, and the payout controller 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. It is transmitted to the device 111.

  Next, a schematic configuration of the operation unit 200 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 10. FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective front view of the operation unit 200 and the game board 13. 7 to 10 are front views of the operation unit 200.

  In FIG. 7, the state in which the upper displacement member 940 is retracted upward and the lower displacement member 440 is retracted downward is shown in FIG. 8, but the upper displacement member 940 is rotated downward from the state shown in FIG. 7. In the displaced state, the state in which the lower displacement member 440 is projected to the first projecting position described below from the state shown in FIG. 7 in FIG. 9, and the lower displacement member 440 is the maximum projecting state in FIG. The state of being displaced to the second overhang position, which is the position, is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the operation unit 200 includes a rear case 300 formed in a box shape, and an upper displacement unit 900, a lower displacement unit 400, a rotation unit 700, and A distribution unit 500 and a ball sending unit 600 attached to the back surface of the game board 13 are housed.

  The rear case 300 includes a bottom wall portion 301 having a substantially rectangular shape in a front view, and an outer wall portion 302 erected from the outer edges of the four sides of the bottom wall portion 301 toward the front surface. One side (front side) is formed in a box shape with an open side. A rectangular opening 301a in a front view is formed in the center of the bottom wall portion 301, and the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 301 is visually recognized through the opening 301a. It is possible.

  The upper displacement unit 900 is provided with a base member 910 having a horizontally long rectangular shape in a front view, which is provided in an upper portion of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300, and is slidably provided on the base member 910. The upper displacement member 940 is provided, and the effect of rotationally displacing the upper displacement member 940 while sliding the upper displacement member 940 is formed on the front side of the opening 301a (that is, the third symbol display device 81) of the rear case 300. A detailed description of the upper displacement unit 900 will be given later.

  The lower displacement unit 400 is provided with a base member 410 having a horizontally long rectangular shape in front view, which is disposed in a lower portion of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300, and slidably disposed on the base member 410. The lower displacement member 440 is provided so that the effect of rotationally displacing the lower displacement member 440 while sliding the lower displacement member 440 is formed on the front side of the opening 301a (that is, the third pattern display device 81) of the rear case. A detailed description of the lower displacement unit 400 will be given later.

  The rotating unit 700 includes a rear base 720 that is substantially rectangular in a front view and is disposed on the right side in a front view of a lower portion of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300, and is disposed in front of the rear base 720. The rotating body 800 is provided, and an effect of rotationally displacing the rotating body 800 can be visually recognized by the player via a transparent plate portion formed on the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front. A detailed description of the rotation unit 700 will be given later.

  The ball sending unit 600 is attached to the back surface side of the game board 13, and the game balls sent from the third winning opening 82 of the game board 13 to the back surface side of the game board 13 are loaded into the first opening 511 of the distribution unit 500 described later. A path for sending a ball is formed.

  The distribution unit 500 includes a route forming member 510 attached to the back surface side of the game board 13, a base plate 520 arranged in a state where a predetermined gap is formed facing the route forming member 510, and the base plate thereof. A distribution member 540 that is attached to 520 and distributes a game ball that flows down between the path forming member 510 and the base plate 520 facing each other to each ball sending path (the second ball sending path KR2 or the third ball sending path KR3). The game balls distributed to the distribution member 540 are sent to the lower displacement unit 400. A detailed description of the distribution unit 500 will be given later.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower displacement unit 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 35. First, a structure for displacing the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14.

  FIG. 11 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIG. 12 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement unit 400. 11 to B04, the state in which the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the retracted position (the position arranged at the lowest position with respect to the base member 410) is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 11 to 14, the lower displacement unit 400 includes a base member 410 arranged on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the rear case 300, and a transmission member arranged on the base member 410. 420, a link member 430 that is connected to the base member 410 and is displaced according to the displacement of the transmission member 420, one end slidably connected to the base member 410 and the other end connected to the link member 430. And a lower displacing member 440 that displaces when the driving force is transmitted from the link member 430.

  The base member 410 is formed by combining two plate members each having a horizontally long rectangular shape in front view in the front-rear direction, and includes a front base 411 arranged on the front side and a back base 412 arranged on the back side. The transmission member 420 and the link member 430 are arranged between the front base 411 and the rear base 412 facing each other.

  The front base 411 includes two sliding grooves 411a and 411b penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction in the drawing of FIG. 11), two columnar shaft-supporting pins 411c and 411d protruding rearward, and a shaft-supporting pin 411d. It is formed mainly by including a curved wall portion 411e protruding in an arc shape with the axis as the axis.

  The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are holes into which the two protrusions 472 and 473 protruding from the rear surface side of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted, respectively. The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are each formed to extend in the left-right direction. Therefore, by displacing the protrusions 472 and 473 inserted in the sliding grooves 411a and 411b along the sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be slid in the left-right direction.

  Further, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are each formed to be curved in an arc shape, and are upward (from the upper direction in FIG. 11) from the left (left side in FIG. 11) end portion of the front base 411 to the right (right side in FIG. 11) end portion. ) Is opened. Further, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are arranged at positions where the axes of the respective arcs are different from each other, and the gap between the opposites in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 11) is narrowed from the left end portion to the right end portion.

  Since the distance between the protrusions 472 and 473 of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440, which will be described later, does not change, when the lower displacement member 440 is slid along the sliding groove, the lower displacement member 440 rotates. It can be displaced while moving. That is, by changing the distance between the two sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be rotated along with the sliding without applying a rotational driving force to the lower displacement member 440. The detailed displacement mode of the lower displacement member 440 will be described later.

  The shaft support pin 411c is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft portion 422a of a cam member 422 of the transmission member 420, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion 422a. The shaft support pin 411c is formed of a metal rod-shaped body and is fitted onto the front base 411. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the shaft support pin 411c from being broken (damaged) when a force acts on the cam member 422 from its outer peripheral surface in the axial direction.

  The shaft support pin 411d is a protrusion inserted into a through hole 431a formed at one end of a first link member 431, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 431a. The shaft support pin 411d is formed of a metallic rod-shaped body and is fitted onto the front base 411. Therefore, when a force acts on the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a, it is possible to prevent the shaft support pin 411d from being broken (damaged).

  The curved wall portion 411e is formed so as to protrude from the back surface side of the front base 411 and curved around the axis of the pivot pin 411d. The protruding distance of the curved wall portion 411e is set to a distance in which the protruding end surface of the plate-like protrusion 431b of the first link member 431, which will be described later, abuts. Therefore, displacement of the first link member 431 to the front side is suppressed. Further, since the curved wall portion 411e is formed by being curved around the axis of the shaft support pin 411d, even when the first link member 431 is rotated around the axis of the shaft support pin 411d, the first link member 431 is formed. The plate-shaped protrusion 431b can be brought into contact with the protruding tip surface of the curved wall portion 411e.

  The recovery port 411f is an opening for allowing the sphere emitted from the emission opening 471 to flow into the recovery port 411f and to be recovered by the movement of the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 described later. The downstream side of the recovery port 411f is connected to the ball recovery path. The recovery port 411f is a hole formed so as to project at the right end portion of the front base 411, and the opening surface of the recovery port 411f faces the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state and the lower displacement member 440 in the first extended state. It is a surface located below the emission opening 471 in the direction of gravity.

  Further, the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state is arranged above the recovery port 411f. Therefore, the sphere emitted from the emission opening 471 can be received in the recovery port 411f and quickly recovered.

  The rear base 412 has groove portions 412a and 412b which are recessed from the front side (front side in FIG. 12) toward the rear side, and a locking portion 412c which is formed in the vicinity of the groove portion 412b so as to project toward the front side. It is formed mainly in preparation.

  The groove portion 412a is a hole into which the tip end side of the shaft support pin 411c of the front base 411 described above is inserted, is formed in a circular shape having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft support pin 411c, and faces the shaft support pin 411c. It is recessed in position. Therefore, the cam member 422 is held so as not to fall off from the base member 410 by inserting the shaft support pin 411c into the shaft portion 422a and then combining the front base 411 and the back base 412. Further, since the back surface base 412 can hold the tip end portion of the shaft support pin 411c, when the axial force acts on the cam member 422 from the outer peripheral surface of the cam member 422, the shaft support pin 411c forms the front base 411. It is possible to suppress bending and breaking from the connecting portion.

  The groove portion 412b is a hole into which the tip end side of the shaft support pin 411d of the front base 411 described above is inserted, is formed in a circular shape having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft support pin 411d, and faces the shaft support pin 411d. It is recessed in position. Therefore, the first link member 431 is held so as not to fall off from the base member 410 by inserting the shaft support pin 411d into the through hole 431a and then combining the front base 411 and the back base 412. Further, since the back surface base 412 can hold the tip end portion of the shaft support pin 411d, when the force acts on the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a, the shaft support pin 411d becomes the front base 411. It is possible to suppress bending and breaking from the connecting portion of.

  The locking portion 412c is a plate that locks one end side of the biasing spring SP1 described later, and is formed outside the biasing spring SP1. As a result, the one end side of the biasing spring SP1 can be locked. A detailed description of the biasing spring SP1 will be given later.

  The transmission member 420 includes a transmission gear 421 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM1 attached to the front side of the front base 411, and a cam that meshes with the transmission gear 421 and is rotated by driving the transmission gear 421. The member 422 is mainly provided and formed.

  The transmission gear 421 is a gear having an interlocking surface on the entire outer peripheral surface, and is fitted onto the shaft portion of the drive motor KM1. Therefore, when electric power is applied to the drive motor KM1 to rotate the shaft portion, the transmission gear 421 also rotates.

  The cam member 422 is formed in a shape in which one ends of two semicircles having different sizes in a front view are combined with each other, and is formed of a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. In the semicircular portion of the cam member 422 having a small outer shape, a tooth surface 422b meshing with the transmission gear 421 is engraved on the outer peripheral surface, and a shaft portion 422a is formed through the center of the semicircle. A sliding groove 422c, which is recessed on the back side facing a link member 430 described later, is formed in a semicircular portion having a large outer shape of the cam member 422.

  The shaft portion 422a is a hole through which the shaft support pin 411c is inserted as described above, and the shaft member 422a is rotatably supported by the shaft support pin 411c so that the cam member 422 supports the shaft of the shaft support pin 411c. It is rotatably held in the center.

  Since the cam member 422 is disposed on the base member 410 in a state where the tooth surface 422b meshes with the transmission gear 421, when the transmission gear 421 is rotated, the cam member 422 rotates about the shaft of the shaft portion 422a. it can.

  The sliding groove 422c is recessed along the outer peripheral portion of the semicircular portion having a large radius of the cam member 422. Therefore, the distance from the shaft portion 422a is increased from the one end side toward the other end side. Further, the sliding groove 422c includes a step portion 422c1 extending in the direction of the through hole 431a from the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 when the lower displacement member 440 is located in the retracted state described later, and the lower displacement. When the member 440 is located in the second overhang state described later, the step portion 422c3 extending from the sliding protrusion 431d in the direction of the through hole 431a, and the lower displacement member 440 between the retracted state and the second overhang state. And a step portion 422c2 extending from the sliding protrusion 431d toward the through hole 431a when positioned in the first overhang state in the intermediate state.

  The link member 430 is formed of two link members, a first link member 431 and a second link member 432. The link member 430 is formed by rotatably connecting the ends of the first link member 431 and the second link member 432.

  The first link member 431 is bent and formed in a substantially V shape when viewed from the front, and is also formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The first link member 431 is a link that is displaced along with the displacement of the cam member 422, and has a through hole 431a that penetrates in the front-rear direction on one end side, and a cylindrical connection protrusion 431c that projects to the back side on the other end side. The plate-like protrusion 431b that protrudes at a position facing the above-described curved wall portion 411e and the cylindrical sliding protrusion 431d that protrudes toward the front side of the bent portion are mainly formed.

  The through hole 431a is a through hole into which the shaft support pin 411d is inserted as described above. The first link member 431 is rotatably held with respect to the base member 410 by combining the front base 411 and the back base 412 with the shaft support pin 411d inserted in the through hole 431a.

  The plate-shaped protrusion 431b is a protrusion that suppresses the first link member 431 from being displaced in the front-rear direction and prevents the first link member 431 from colliding with the cam member 422 arranged in front. It is formed in a plate-like body that projects in a curved shape with the hole 431a as an axis, and the projecting length thereof is set to be larger than the thickness of the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction. This can prevent the rear surface of the cam member 422 and the front surface of the first link member 431 from colliding with each other.

  The connection protrusion 431c is a shaft portion that is connected to a second link member 432 described below, and is inserted into the through hole 432a of the second link member 432, and the outer diameter of the head is smaller than that of the through hole 432a from the back side. Large screws are fastened. As a result, the first link member 431 and the second link member 432 are rotatably connected.

  A wall portion 431f protruding toward the back side is formed at the edge of the through hole 431a. The wall portion 431f is a wall surface for fitting and holding a biasing spring SP1 described later on the outer peripheral surface thereof.

  The link side engaging portion 431e is a protrusion that locks the other end side of the biasing spring SP1 fitted in the wall portion 431f, and is formed to project like a hook on the back side of the one end side of the first link member 431. .. Therefore, the urging spring SP1 is in a state where one end side is engaged with the locking portion 412c of the back base 412 and the other end side is engaged with the link side engaging portion 431e of the first link member 431. It Therefore, the urging force of the urging spring SP1 can be applied in the direction in which the other end side of the first link member 431 is rotated upward with respect to the base member 410. As a result, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced, the urging force of the urging spring SP1 acts, so that the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 can be suppressed.

  The sliding protrusion 431d is formed at a position separated from the through hole 431a by substantially the same distance as the distance from the through hole 431a to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422. Further, the tip of the sliding protrusion 431d is inserted inside the sliding groove 422c. That is, the sliding protrusion 431d is formed such that the size of the outer diameter thereof is smaller than the width dimension of the sliding groove 422c facing each other.

  Since the sliding protrusion 431d is arranged inside the sliding groove 422c, it is displaced by sliding inside the sliding groove 422c as the cam member 422 is rotationally displaced. That is, when the cam member 422 is displaced, the first link member 431 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 431a. The detailed description of the displacement of the first link member 431 will be described later.

  Further, since the sliding protrusion 431d and the plate-shaped protrusion 431b are formed at positions close to each other, the plate-shaped protrusion 431b suppresses the forward displacement of the first link member 431. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the sliding protrusion 431d from pushing the cam member 422 forward. As a result, it is not necessary to increase the recess depth of the sliding groove 422c recessed in the cam member 422, and the rigidity thereof can be secured without increasing the thickness of the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction.

  The second link member 432 is formed in a rectangular shape in which one side is long when viewed from the front, and is also formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The second link member 432 is mainly provided with a through hole 432a penetratingly formed in the front-rear direction on one end side and a through hole 432b penetratingly formed in the front-rear direction on the other end side.

  The through hole 432a is a hole for connecting with the first link member 431 as described above, and the connecting protrusion 431c is inserted therein. As a result, the second link member 432 is rotatably connected to the first link member 431.

  The through hole 432b is connected to a lower displacement member 440, which will be described later, and can transmit the displacement of the link member 430 to the lower displacement member 440. The through hole 432b is a hole into which a protrusion 482a of the rear case 482, which will be described later, is inserted, and its inner diameter is formed larger than the outer diameter of the protrusion 482a. Therefore, by inserting the protrusion 482a into the through hole 432b and fastening a screw or the like having a head portion larger than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b to the tip end portion of the protrusion 482a, the lower displacement member 440 is moved to the second link member 432. Is held rotatably with respect to. Therefore, the driving force of the lower displacement member 440 is transmitted through the link member 430 when the cam member 422 is rotationally displaced.

  Next, the displacement operation of the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 20. 15 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, FIG. 16 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state, and FIG. 17 is a lower displacement unit in the second extended state. It is a front view of 400. 18 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, FIG. 19 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state, and FIG. 20 is a lower displacement unit in the second extended state. 4 is a rear view of 400. FIG. 18 to 20, the rear base 412 is shown transparently.

  The retracted state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d arranged inside the sliding groove 422c is arranged between the facing steps 442c1 and the lower displacement member 440 is arranged on the lower side. The second overhang state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d is arranged between the facing portions of the step portion 442c3, and the tip end side of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the uppermost position. The first protruding state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d is arranged between the facing portions of the step portion 442c2, and the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in an intermediate state between the retracted state and the second protruding state.

  As shown in FIGS. 15 and 18, in the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, the cam member 422 is rotated by the transmission gear 421 so that the other end side (the step portion 422c3 side) of the sliding groove 422c is connected to the shaft portion 422a. It is in a state of being positioned to the right side in rear view (right side in FIG. 18). In this case, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is guided along the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c to be in the state of being located at the step portion 422c1. Therefore, in the first link member 431, the other end side (connecting protrusion 431c side) is located at the rear view right side (the right side in FIG. 18) of the through hole 431a on the one end side (rotating around the through hole 431a as an axis). The end side is positioned at the lower end of the rotatable range).

  Since the second link member 432 is connected to the first link member 431, the one end side (through hole 432a side) connected to the first link member 431 is positioned on the right side in rear view (the right side in FIG. 18). Accordingly, in the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432, the protrusions 472 and 473 connected to the front base 411 are located on the rear view right side (right side in FIG. 18) of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b. To be in a state. As described above, the distance between the vertical facings of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b is larger on the right side in rear view than on the left side. Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 makes the longitudinal direction substantially parallel to the left-right direction. It will be placed in the state of being. That is, it is in a state of being arranged in front of the front base 411.

  The displacement from the retracted state shown in FIGS. 15 and 18 to the first extended state shown in FIGS. 14 and 19 is performed by displacing the cam member 422.

  In the first extended state, the transmission gear 421 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM1, and the cam member 422 is rotated approximately 90 degrees from the retracted position. As a result, the other end side (the step portion 422c3 side) of the cam member 422 is positioned above the shaft portion 422a. Due to this rotational displacement, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 guided by the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c is displaced along with the displacement of the sliding groove 422c. In the first overhang state, the sliding protrusion 431d is guided between the facing inner walls of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c.

  Therefore, the first link member 431 is rotated about 30 degrees about the through hole 431a due to the displacement of the sliding protrusion 431d, and the other end side (connecting protrusion 431c side) is in the retracted state from the position in the rear view upper left (FIG. 19). It is displaced to the upper left).

  Due to the rotational displacement of the first link member 431, the second link member 432 connected to the first link member 431 is displaced, and the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432 is displaced. In this case, since the protrusions 472 and 473 are slidably coupled to the slide grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced along the shapes of the slide grooves 411a and 411b. As described above, since the distance between the vertical facings of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b is narrowed from the right side in the rear view to the left side, the lower displacement member 440 slides to the right side in the front view (right side in FIG. 16). The tip side is rotationally displaced upward while being displaced.

  Further, in the first projecting state, the recovery port 411f is located on the lower side in the gravity direction on the tip side. That is, when the lower displacing member 440 transitions from the retracted state to the first bulging state, the distal end side of the lower displacing member 440 is bulged to the right side in front view of the base member 410 by rotationally displacing while slidingly displacing. It can be displaced without causing it. As a result, it is possible to easily form a displacement region different from the variable regions of the other displacement accessory. It is possible to suppress collision with another displacement accessory.

  Further, since the recovery port 411f is located below one end side of the lower displacement member 440 (the side opposite to the protrusions 472 and 473 side connected to the front base 411), the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 described later is provided. When the ball is launched and drops downward from the exit opening 471 as it is, the ball can be sent to the recovery port 411f.

  The displacement from the first overhang state shown in FIGS. 16 and 19 to the second overhang state shown in FIGS. 17 and 20 is performed by further displacing the cam member 422 from the first overhang state.

  In the second overhang state, the transmission gear 421 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM1 from the first overhang state, and the cam member 422 is rotated approximately 90 degrees from the position in the first overhang state. Therefore, the other end side of the cam member 422 (the step portion 422c3 side is positioned above the shaft portion 422a. Further, due to this rotational displacement, the sliding of the first link member 431 guided to the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c. The moving protrusion 431d is displaced according to the displacement of the sliding groove 422c.In the second overhang state, the sliding protrusion 431d is guided between the inner walls of the step portion 422c1 of the sliding groove 422c facing each other.

  Therefore, the first link member 431 is rotated about 30 degrees about the through hole 431a due to the displacement of the sliding protrusion 431d, and the other end side (connecting protrusion 431c side) is substantially rear view from the position in the first projecting state. It is displaced to the upper left (upper left in FIG. 20).

  Due to the rotational displacement of the first link member 431, the second link member 432 connected to the first link member 431 is displaced, and the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432 is displaced. In this case, since the protrusions 472 and 473 are slidably coupled to the slide grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced along the shapes of the slide grooves 411a and 411b. As described above, the distance between the vertically opposed sliding grooves 411a and 411b becomes narrower from the right side to the left side when viewed from the rear, so the lower displacement member 440 slides to the right side (the right side in FIG. 17) when viewed from the front. The tip side is rotationally displaced upward while being displaced.

  Further, similar to the first bulging state, in the second bulging state, the recovery port 411f is positioned on the lower side in the gravity direction on the tip side. That is, when the lower displacing member 440 transitions from the retracted state to the second bulging state, the distal end side of the lower displacing member 440 bulges to the right side of the base member 410 in front view by rotationally displacing while slidingly displacing the lower displacing member 440. It can be displaced without causing it. As a result, it is possible to easily form a displacement region different from the variable region of the other displacement accessory, and it is possible to suppress collision with the other displacement accessory.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the positional relationship between the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 in each state will be described. 21A is a rear view of the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 in the retracted state, FIG. 21B in the first extended state, and FIG. 21C in the second extended state. is there. 21A to 21C, the portion of the cam member 422 that overlaps the first link member 431 is shown by a chain line.

  As shown in FIG. 21A, in the retracted state, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is arranged between the inner walls of the step portion 422c1 of the sliding groove 422c facing each other. Further, as described above, the sliding protrusion 431d is formed at a position separated from the through hole 431a by a distance substantially equal to the distance from the through hole 431a to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422. Therefore, when a force that rotates about the shaft of the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 located in the retracted state, the force is applied to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422 from the sliding protrusion 431d. it can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from rotating due to the rotational force of the first link member 431. As a result, in the retracted state, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 21B, in the first projecting state, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 and the inner wall of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c are arranged between the facing surfaces. Therefore, as in the retracted state, when a force that rotates about the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 located in the first extended state, the force is applied from the sliding protrusion 431d to the cam member 422. It can act on the shaft portion 422a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from rotating due to the rotational force of the first link member 431. As a result, it is possible to suppress displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 in the first projecting state.

  Here, in the first projecting position, the drive motor KM1 needs to be maintained in a stopped state in order to maintain the stopped state because it is at the intermediate position of the displacement of the lower displacement member 440. Therefore, if the lower displacement member 440 is stopped at the first projecting position (intermediate position of displacement), energy consumption increases.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the first protruding state, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is arranged between the inner walls of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c facing each other, and therefore, as described above. In addition, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed. Therefore, even when the electric power of the drive motor KM1 is stopped when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped at a position in the middle of the displacement, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the lower displacement member 440. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped during the displacement.

  As shown in FIG. 21C, in the second projecting state, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 and the inner wall of the step portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c are arranged between the two facing each other. Therefore, as in the retracted state and the first overhang state, when the force for rotating about the axis of the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 located in the second overhang state, the force is applied to the sliding protrusion. From 431d, it is possible to act on the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from rotating due to the rotational force of the first link member 431. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from rotating due to the rotational force of the first link member 431. As a result, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 in the second projecting state.

  Further, since each step portion 422c1, 422c2, 422c3 is extended in the direction connecting the sliding protrusion 431d and the through hole 431a, the sliding groove 422c in the direction in which the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is displaced. The width of can be reduced. Therefore, in the retracted position, the first overhang position, and the second overhang position, the gap between the sliding groove 422c and the sliding protrusion 431d, which allows the first link member 431 to be rotationally displaced around the axis of the through hole 431a, is small. it can. Therefore, the gap in which the first link member 431 in each state can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 431a can be reduced. As a result, the width in which the lower displacement member 440 sways in each state due to vibration or inertial force when the displacement is stopped can be reduced, and the player can easily recognize the stopped state.

  Therefore, the transmission member 420 and the link member 430 (driving mechanism) that drive the lower displacement member 440 are such that the lower displacement member 440 is displaced in the direction for reflection when the game ball is emitted from the ball receiving portion 467. Since it can be restricted, the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed from being displaced with respect to the base member 410 due to the reaction. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 22, the relationship between the link member 430 and the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction will be described. 22A is a schematic sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along line XXIIa-XXIIa in FIG. 18, and FIG. 22B is a schematic sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along line XXIIb-XXIIb in FIG. is there. 19 and 20, the back base 412 is shown transparently, but in FIGS. 22A and 22B, a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 in a state where it is not seen transparently is shown. ..

  As shown in FIG. 22A, the link member 430 of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state is arranged between the back base 412 and the cam member 422. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction. That is, since the other end side of the first link member 431 is connected to the lower displacement member 440 configured by combining a plurality of fixtures via the second link member 432, the lower displacement member 440 is loaded in the front-back direction. Where there is a risk of bending, the cam member 422 is arranged in the front, so that the first link member 431 can be prevented from bending in the front. As a result, since the first link member 431 can be restrained from moving forward, the lower displacement member 440 can be restrained from swinging in the front-rear direction.

  As shown in FIG. 22B, the link member 430 of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first projecting state is arranged between the back base 412 and the cam member 422 as in the retracted state. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction.

  In the retracted state and the first extended state, the cam member 422 is arranged on the front side of the connecting portion of the link member 430 between the first link member 431 and the second link member 432. Therefore, when the link member 430 is formed of two members, its connecting portion needs to be rotatable, and therefore the rigidity is weaker than that of the other portions due to the gap, which makes it easier to bend. Since the member 422 is arranged, it is possible to prevent the connecting portion of the link member 430 from bending. As a result, the lower displacement member 440 can be prevented from swinging in the front-rear direction.

  Next, the configuration of the lower displacement member 440 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 23 to 26. 23A is a front view of the lower displacement member 440, and FIG. 23B is a rear view of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. 24 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 440, and FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 440. 26A and 26B are front views of the lower displacement member 440.

  Note that FIG. 26A illustrates a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 is transparently viewed, and in FIG. 26B, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are transparently viewed. The closed state is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 23 to 26, the lower displacement member 440 includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 that covers the front and rear of the base member 470, a case member 480, and the base member 470. The transmission mechanism 460 is disposed so as to be displaceable therebetween, and the decoration member 450 formed to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 is mainly provided.

  The base member 470 is a plate member formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and includes projections 472 and 473 projecting to the back side on one end side, and a standing wall 471a standing on the front side from the edge portion on the other end side. , A protruding wall 477 protruding upward and downward in a U-shape from the upper end of the central portion in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 23) to the front side, and the upper end of the base member 470 is cut from the end portion of the protruding wall 477 to the one end side. The rack gear 476 to be installed, the shaft portions 474 and 475 protruding to the front side, the rectangular wire locking portion 478 attached to the rear surface of the one end side of the base member 470, and the central portion in the vertical direction of the base member 470. And an opening 479 that is recessed and extends from one end side to the other end side.

  The protrusions 472 and 473 are connecting portions that are inserted into the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411 as described above to connect the lower displacement member 440 and the front base 411. Therefore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the dimension between the facing inner walls of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b.

  The standing wall 471 a is a wall portion for forming a gap between the front case 481 and the base member 470 facing each other when the front case 481 described later is attached to the base member 470. It is set to a larger standing dimension.

  The shaft portions 474 and 475 are projections that are inserted into the shafts of the transmission gears 462 and 463 of the transmission mechanism 460, which will be described later, to rotatably hold the transmission gears 462 and 463, and are larger than the inner diameters of the shaft holes of the transmission gears 462 and 463. It is formed in a cylindrical shape with a small outer diameter.

  The rack gear 476 is provided with a tooth surface that meshes with a transmission gear 465 described below. Accordingly, the movable rack 464, which will be described later, is slidably displaced with respect to the base member 470, so that the transmission gear 465 can be rotated.

  The projecting wall 477 is configured so that, when a ball sent from a ball sending unit 600 described later is received in front of the base member 470 through the opening 451a of the decoration member 450, the ball falls outside the lower displacement member 440. Between the opposing wall portions formed in a substantially U shape, the wall surfaces are formed to be larger than the diameter of the sphere.

  The wiring locking portion 478 is a member for locking a flexible wiring (not shown) to the control board arranged on the back side of the base member 470, and one end of the flexible wiring is connected to the base member 470. Is attached to the back surface side of the base member 470 in a state of being interposed. Accordingly, even if the lower displacement member 440 is disposed so as to be displaceable with respect to the base member 410, it is possible to suppress the entanglement of the flexible wiring.

  In addition, the wiring locking portion 478 includes a cylindrical protrusion 478a on the back side. The protrusion distance of the protrusion 478a is set to a distance that allows the protrusion 478a to protrude to the rear side from the link member 430 that is connected to the rear side, and is set to a distance at which the front surface of the rear base 412 can abut. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from swinging rearward, and it is possible to suppress the link member 430 from colliding with the back base 412.

  The opening 469 is an opening that defines the slide displacement direction of the movable rack 464 arranged on the front side, and a guide plate 464d of the movable rack 464 described below is inserted therein.

  The transmission mechanism 460 is a member arranged in front of the base member 470, and meshes with the transmission gears 4621, 462, and 463, the drive motor KM2 whose shaft portion is coupled to the transmission gear 461, and the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 464 that has a toothed surface and is slidably arranged in front of the base member 470, and a transmission gear that is rotatably disposed on the movable rack 464 and is in mesh with the rack gear 476. 465, a rack 466 which has a tooth surface meshed with the transmission gear 465 thereof and is slidably arranged in front of the movable rack 464, and a sphere rotatably arranged on one end side of the rack 466. The receiving part 467 is mainly provided and formed.

  The transmission gear 461 is a gear in which the shaft portion of the drive motor KM2 is fitted in the shaft hole, and the drive motor KM2 is attached to the base member 470 in a state of being connected to the drive motor KM2. Is installed in.

  As described above, the transmission gears 462 and 463 are rotatably held by the base member by inserting the shaft portions 474 and 475 of the base member 470 into the shaft holes. The transmission gears 461 to 463 are gear trains meshed with each other, and the transmission gear 461 is rotated by the drive motor KM2, so that the transmission gear 463 at the end is rotated.

  The movable rack 464 is formed in a rectangular laterally long plate shape in a front view, and has a rack gear 464a engraved on the lower end surface thereof, a shaft portion 464b protruding cylindrically from the front side, and upwardly protruding from one end side of the upper end surface. The contact plate 464c, a guide plate 464d protruding from one end to the other end at a substantially vertical position in the vertical direction, a rack guide portion 464e protruding to the front side opposite to the guide plate 464d, and a lower end projecting. The collision portion 464f is mainly provided and formed.

  The rack gear 464a is a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463. Therefore, by disposing the rack gear 464a and the transmission gear 463 in the base member 470 in a meshed state, the movable rack 464 can be displaced by driving the drive motor KM2.

  The shaft portion 464b is a shaft portion that rotatably holds the transmission gear 465, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 465.

  The contact plate 464c is a contact portion that contacts the distribution member 540 of the distribution unit 500 described later to displace the distribution member 540. That is, the distribution member 540 can be displaced by the displacement of the movable rack 464. The contact mode between the contact plate 464c and the distribution member 540 will be described later.

  As described above, the guide plate 464d is a plate-shaped member that is inserted into the opening 479 of the base member 470 and can define the displacement direction of the movable rack 464 that is displaced by the drive of the drive motor KM2. That is, the movable rack 464 displaced by the drive of the drive motor KM2 can be displaced along the extending direction of the opening 479. In addition, in the present embodiment, the opening 479 is extended in the left-right direction, so that the movable rack 464 can be slid in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470.

  The rack guide portion 464e is a projecting wall for restricting the displacement direction of the rack 466, which will be described later, and is provided so as to project from one end to the other end in the left-right direction.

  The collision portion 464f is a wall portion that abuts a protrusion 492b of the displacement member 492, which will be described later, to displace the displacement member 492, and is formed so as to project from the lower end of the movable rack 464. Further, the collision portion 464f is formed in a state where the other end side is inclined. Thereby, the protrusion 492b of the displacement member 492 can be slid and displaced along the inclined surface.

  The rack 466 is formed of a rod-shaped body having a rectangular oblong shape in front view, and has a rack gear 466a engraved on the upper end surface thereof, a shaft portion 466b projecting from the other end to a rear surface in a cylindrical shape, and a front projection portion. It is mainly provided with two sliding plates 466c and a recessed portion 466d that is recessed from one end to the other end on the back side.

  The rack gear 466a is meshed with a transmission gear 465 attached to the movable rack 464. As a result, when the rack 466 is arranged in front of the movable rack 464, the movable rack 464 is slid and displaced, the transmission gear 465 is rotated in accordance with the sliding displacement, and the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466. .. Therefore, the rack 466 can be displaced with respect to the movable rack 464.

  The shaft portion 466b is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft hole 467b of a ball receiving portion 467, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b. Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotatably held.

  The sliding plate 466c is a protrusion inserted into an opening 481a of the front case 481 described later, and is formed of a plate-shaped body having a predetermined thickness. As a result, when the driving force is transmitted from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced with respect to the movable rack 464, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined as the extending direction of the opening 481a. it can.

  The recessed portion 466d is in a state in which the rack guide portion 464e is arranged inside when the rack 466 is arranged in front of the movable rack 464. As a result, when the driving force is transmitted from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced with respect to the movable rack 464, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined as the extending direction of the rack guide portion 464e. it can.

  Here, in order to regulate the displacement direction of the rack 466, if the recessed portion 466d and the rack guide portion 464e are formed, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined as the extending direction of the rack guide portion 464e. However, since the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced while slidingly displaced in the left-right direction, depending on the displacement state of the lower displacement member 440, the meshing state of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 is changed by its own weight, and the transmission is performed. There is a possibility that the driving force may not be properly transmitted from the gear 465 to the rack 466.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the location that defines the displacement direction of the rack 466 is formed at two locations including the sliding plate 466c and the opening 481a, the recessed portion 466d, and the rack guide portion 464e, the lower displacement member 440 is formed. It is possible to suppress the change in the meshing state of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 when the displacement state of is changed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the transmission of the drive from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 to be inhibited.

  The sliding plate 466c is formed so as to project from two positions in the left-right direction of the rack 466 (the left-right direction in FIG. 23A), and the sliding plate 466c on the other end side (the side opposite to the shaft portion 466b) is It is arranged below the transmission gear 465 (lower side in FIG. 23) at the displacement end position of the rack (the position where the rack 466 is most extended with respect to the movable rack 464).

  Here, at the displacement end position, since the ball receiving portion 467 provided on the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466 performs a firing operation (rotational displacement) as described later, the ball receiving portion provided on one end side of the rack 466 is received. The other end of the rack is easily displaced by the inertial force due to the displacement of the portion 467. Therefore, a load is likely to be applied to the meshing surfaces of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466, and the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 may be damaged.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the sliding plate 466c on the other end side (the side opposite to the shaft portion 466b) is at the displacement end position of the rack (the position where the rack 466 is most extended with respect to the movable rack 464). In the above, since it is arranged below the transmission gear 465 (lower side in FIG. 23), when the ball receiving portion 467 performs the firing operation (rotation operation), the rack 466 at the position where the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 mesh with each other. Can be suppressed. As a result, damage to the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 can be suppressed.

  The ball receiving portion 467 is a portion that holds a game ball, is formed in a substantially U shape in a front view, and is formed so as to be able to receive the ball in an inner portion of the U shape. That is, the inside of the U-shape of the ball receiving portion 467 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the ball. As a result, one ball can be made inside the ball receiving portion 467. Further, the ball receiving portion 467 is mainly provided with a shaft hole 467b penetrating in the front-rear direction at the lower end position of the U-shape, and a leg portion 467a protruding downward from the lower outer peripheral surface.

  As described above, the shaft hole 467b is a shaft hole for holding the ball receiving portion 467 in the rack 466 in a rotatable state, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotatably held by inserting the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466 into the shaft hole 467b. In addition, after inserting the shaft portion 466b into the shaft hole 467b, the biasing spring SP2 is disposed around the shaft portion 466b, and a screw having a head larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b is fastened to the shaft portion 466b. It As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged on the rack 466 in a state of being biased rightward when viewed from the front. A detailed description of the aspect of the ball receiving portion 467 will be given later.

  The leg portion 467a is a protrusion that urges the ball receiving portion 467 to be rotated by the biasing spring SP2, and the tip end thereof is a front face described later with the U-shaped open portion of the ball receiving portion 467 facing upward. It is set at a position where it abuts on the bottom wall portion 481b of the case 481. As a result, it is possible to restrict rotation of the ball receiving portion 467.

  The case member 480 is a member that covers the front and rear of the base member 470, and mainly includes a front case 481 arranged on the front side of the base member 470 and a back case 482 arranged on the back side.

  The front case 481 is formed in a plate shape that is rectangular and oblong in a front view, and has an opening 481a that spreads in the left-right direction at a substantially intermediate position in the direction of gravity, a bottom wall portion 481b that is formed to project from a lower end surface on the back side, and a lower edge portion. A shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction is mainly provided and formed.

  The opening 481a is formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction, and as described above, when the front case 481 is disposed on the base member 470, the sliding plate 466c of the rack is inserted therein.

  The bottom wall portion 481b is formed so as to project from the lower end portion of the front case 481 to the back side and extends in the left-right direction. Further, the bottom wall portion 481b is in a state in which the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b when the front case 481 is disposed on the base member 470.

  The back case 482 is a plate member for disposing the control board 491 on the back side of the base member 470, and the outer shape in a front view is formed in a rectangular horizontally long shape smaller than the outer shape of the base member 470. The back case 482 also includes a protrusion 482a that projects to the back side.

  As described above, the protrusion 482a is a connecting portion that is connected to the through hole 432b of the second link member 432, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b. Therefore, after the protrusion 482a is inserted into the through hole 432b, the rear case 482 and the second link member 432 can be rotated by fastening a screw having a head larger than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b to the tip of the protrusion 482a. Can be connected in a simple state.

  The decorative member 450 is formed in an outer shape that imitates a pattern or character, and a picture of the pattern or character is drawn on the surface. The decorative member 450 is mainly provided with a front side decorative portion 451 arranged on the front side of the front case 481 and a rear side decorative portion 452 arranged on the rear side of the rear case 482. In the present embodiment, a shark pattern (character) is drawn on the decorative member 450.

  The front side decoration portion 451 is formed to have an outer diameter larger than the outer shape of the front case 481 in front view, and is attached to the front case 481. Thereby, the members (the case member 480, the base member 470, etc.) arranged on the back side of the front decoration portion can be made invisible to the player.

  The back side decoration portion 452 is disposed behind the upper end of the front side decoration portion 451. Thereby, the member arranged on the back side of the front decoration part 451 from above the back decoration part 452 can be made invisible to the player.

  Further, the displacement member 492 is arranged on the same plane as the front decorative portion 451 in the front-rear direction. The displacement member 492 is formed mainly by including a shaft portion 492a protruding to the back side and a protrusion 492b.

  The shaft portion 492a is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 481c of the front case 481. Therefore, by inserting the shaft portion 492a into the shaft hole 481c, the displacement member 492 can be connected to the front case in a rotatable state. A biasing spring SP3 is arranged on the tip side of the shaft portion 492a into which the shaft hole 481c is inserted. Thereby, the displacement member 492 can be disposed in a biased state. A detailed description of the displacement of the displacement member 492 will be given later.

  The shaft portion 492a can transmit a driving force that rotates about the shaft of the shaft portion 492a to the displacement member 492 by colliding with the collision portion 464f of the movable rack 464 described above. That is, the movable rack 464 can rotationally displace the displacement member 492 in accordance with the displacement.

  Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 includes the displacement member 492 (arrangement member) displaceably disposed on the lower displacement member 440 (base member), and the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member) can hold a game ball. Moreover, since the displacement member 492 is formed so as to be ejectable and is displaceable when the game ball is emitted from the ball receiving portion 467, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the lower displacement member 440.

  That is, when the game ball is launched from the ball receiving portion 467, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is changed by the weight of the game ball. For example, the change in the position of the center of gravity due to the launch of the game ball is offset. When the configuration in which the displacement member 492 is displaced in the moving direction is adopted, it is possible to suppress the rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the change in the position of the center of gravity. Further, when a game ball is launched from the ball receiving portion 467, the lower displacement member 440 receives a reaction with the launch of the game ball. For example, the displacement member 492 is displaced in a direction to cancel the reaction associated with the launch of the game ball. When the structure for displacing is adopted, it is possible to suppress the rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the reaction.

  Furthermore, since the displacement member 492 is displaced by the collision of the ball receiving portion 467 and the collision portion 464f colliding with the shaft portion 492a, it is not necessary to separately provide a driving unit for displacing the displacement member 492. .. That is, the drive motor KM2 for displacing the ball receiving portion 467 can also be used as a drive means for displacing the displacement member 492. Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 can be made lighter by that amount, and the rattling can be easily suppressed.

  Further, since the displacement member 492 can be displaced mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, for example, the position of the ball receiving portion 467 is detected by the sensor device, and the displacement member 492 is detected according to the detection result. It is possible to eliminate the need to control the drive means by the drive means, to reduce the product cost accordingly, and to secure the reliability of the displacement operation of the displacement member 492 with respect to the ball receiving portion 467.

  Next, the transition of the transmission mechanism 460 will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 30. 27 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the first position, FIG. 28 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position, and FIG. 29 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the third position. It is a figure. 30A to 30C are partially enlarged views of the lower displacement member 440.

  The first position is a position in which the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at a substantially central position in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 27) with respect to the base member 470. The second position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged below the protruding wall 477 in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 28). The third position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the right end of the base member 470 in the left-right direction.

  27 to 30, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line. Further, FIGS. 30A and 30B sequentially show transition states immediately before being displaced to the third position, and FIG. 30C shows the lower displacement member 440 at the third position.

  As shown in FIG. 27, in the lower displacement member 440 at the first position, the movable rack 464 is located at the left end in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470. Further, in the first position, the rack 466 is arranged in front of the movable rack 464, and the rack 466 and the movable rack 464 overlap each other in the front-rear direction. That is, like the movable rack 464, the rack 466 is also positioned at the left end in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 connected to the rack 466 is arranged at a substantially central position in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470.

  At the first position, as described above, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are in a state of being gathered at the left end of the base member 470 in the left-right direction. Here, since the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced while slidingly displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second overhanging states), the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged near the rotating shaft. It is desirable to keep it in the opened state.

  According to the present embodiment, the transmission mechanism 460 that displaces the ball receiving portion 467 is in a state in which the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are overlapped in the front-rear direction (two-stage rack), so that the center of gravity of the transmission mechanism 460 slides on the front base 411. The groove 411a, 411b side (rotating shaft side of the lower displacement member 440) can be brought closer.

  Therefore, as described above, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced from the retracted position to the first and second projecting positions, the lower displacement member 440 is set to the first position, and the lower displacement member 440 is moved to the first position. The driving force for rotationally displacing the can be reduced. Therefore, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 that displaces the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  The displacement from the first position shown in FIG. 27 to the second position shown in FIG. 28 is performed by driving the drive motor KM2.

  When the drive motor KM2 is driven from the first position, the transmission gear 461 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 is rotated. As a result, the transmission gear 462 and the transmission gear 463 are rotated. When the transmission gear 463 is rotated, the driving force is transmitted from the rack gear 464a that meshes with the transmission gear 463 to the movable rack 464, and the movable rack 464 is slid and displaced rightward with respect to the base member 470.

  When the movable rack 464 is slid and displaced, the transmission gear 465 arranged on the movable rack 464 is rotated by the rack gear 476 of the base member 470 according to the slid displacement. As a result, the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 by the rack gear 466a meshed with the transmission gear 465. As a result, the rack 466 is slid to the right in the left-right direction with respect to the movable rack 464, and the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the second position.

  The displacement from the second position shown in FIG. 28 to the third position shown in FIG. 29 is performed by driving the drive motor KM2 similarly to the displacement from the first position to the second position. The transmission of the drive from the drive motor KM2 to the rack 466 is the same as the displacement from the first position to the second position, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the ball receiving portion 467 releases the contact state between the leg portion 467a and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481. The urging force of the urging spring SP2 arranged on the shaft portion 466b causes rotational displacement about the axis of the shaft hole 467b.

  More specifically, in the first and second positions (a state where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged on the left side in front view of the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position), the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is in front. The upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b of the case 481 is brought into contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, and the clockwise rotation in the front view is restricted about the shaft hole 467b by the urging force of the urging spring SP2.

  On the other hand, when the tip portion of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the tip portion is arranged on the right side in front view with respect to the end portion of the bottom wall portion 481b, and the bottom wall portion 481b and the base member 470 stand upright. It is arranged inside a recess 481b1 formed between the facing wall 471a and the facing wall 471a. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 467b by the urging force of the urging spring SP2. When the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated at the third position, the tips of the leg portions 467a come into contact with the end surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, and the rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 about the shaft hole 467b is restricted. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 is stopped at a position rotated about 40 degrees around the shaft hole 467b. In the following, the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 at the third position will be referred to as a firing operation.

  Further, the ball receiving portion 467 is provided with a recessed portion 481b1 that is recessed in the track region when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position to the third position direction (first direction). Is provided with a leg portion 467a engaged with the recessed portion 481b1, and the leg portion 467a is engaged with the recessed portion 481b1 so that the posture can be changed, so that the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 can be changed. The structure can be simplified.

  Further, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the second position to the third position, the collision portion 464f is slid to the right in front view due to the displacement of the movable rack 464 and collides with the protrusion 492b of the displacement member 492. As a result, the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced about the shaft of the shaft portion 492a.

  That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotationally displaced and the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 performs a firing operation, the balls are discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, and the lower displacement member 440 becomes lighter, so that the lower displacement member 440 swings and the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced. The inertial force that acts can act in the opposite direction. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from swinging when the ball is discharged from the inside of the lower displacement member 440.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 31, a ball receiving operation into the ball receiving portion 467 will be described. 31A to 31C are front views of the lower displacement member 440. 31A to 31C, transition states in which the ball receiving portion 467 receives a ball into a receiving operation are sequentially illustrated.

  31A to 31C, the decoration member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line.

  Further, in FIGS. 31A to 31C, the horizontal direction in the retracted state of the lower displacement member 440 is indicated by a chain double-dashed line with the reference numeral of the virtual line H1, and the lower displacement member 440 is first stretched. The horizontal direction in the output state is illustrated by adding the reference numeral of the virtual line H2. Further, the angle at which the lower displacing member 440 is rotated from the retracted position to the first bulged position is illustrated with the sign of the angle θ. The virtual line H1, the virtual line H2, and the angle θ are also shown in the drawings starting from FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 31A, in the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state (the state in which the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is parallel to the imaginary line H1), the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is at the first position. By displacing the game ball T1, the game ball T1 is sent from the sorting unit 500 described later to the opening 451a formed in the front decoration portion 451 of the lower displacement member 440. The game ball T1 sent to the opening 451a is sent to the inside of the projecting wall 477 and sent to the inside of the lower displacement member 440.

  As shown in FIG. 31B, when the game ball T1 is fed to the opening 451a, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the second position. Therefore, as described above, in the second position, the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed below the projecting wall 477, so that the game ball T1 sent to the inside of the projecting wall 477 is placed inside the ball receiving portion 467. You can throw a ball. By receiving the game ball T1 in the ball receiving portion 467, the game ball T1 can be displaced in accordance with the operation of the ball receiving portion 467.

  As shown in FIG. 31C, when the game ball T1 is fed to the ball receiving portion, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the first position. This allows the ball receiving portion 467 to be placed in the first position while the game ball T1 is placed in the ball receiving portion 467.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a base member, a base member displaceably disposed on one side of the base member, and a displacement member displaceably disposed on the base member. According to this gaming machine, in addition to the effect of displacing the base member between the extended position where the base member is extended to the game area and is visible to the player and the retracted position retracted from the game area, the base member is It is possible to perform an effect of displacing the displacement member in a state where the displacement member is arranged at the projecting position.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, one side of the base member is displaceably arranged on the base member, and therefore, when the displacement member is displaced, the one side is set as a dead point, and the base member is loosened. There was a problem in that it was easy to cause sticking. In particular, when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state, the change in acceleration becomes maximum, so that the base member is apt to rattle due to the influence of inertial force.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 starts the displacement from the second position and the displacement from the first position closer to one side of the lower displacement member 440 (base member) than the first position. And a state in which at least the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member 410 (for example, the lower displacement member 440 overhangs in the game area and is visible to the player). In the first overhanging state), the displacement starts from the first position, so that the rattling of the lower displacement member 440 of the base member can be suppressed. That is, the first position is closer to one side of the lower displacement member than the second position. Therefore, by setting the first position as the displacement start position of the ball receiving portion 467, The weight can be brought close to the dead center when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410, and the influence of inertial force when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the stopped state can be reduced accordingly. It can be made difficult to act on the displacement member 440. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be easily suppressed.

  Further, as described above, the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second extended states) while being slidably displaced. Therefore, when the lower displacing member 440 is rotationally displaced in a state where the game ball T1 is arranged far from the rotation axis, a centrifugal force is easily generated in the game ball T1, and the game ball T1 moves and the inner wall of the ball receiving portion 467. There is a problem that a collision sound is generated due to a collision between the game ball T1 and the game ball T1, or the ball receiving portion 467 is damaged.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, after the game ball T1 is received in the ball receiving portion 467, the lower displacement member 440 can be displaced to the first position, so that the game ball T1 is set to the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440. It can be placed (close) in the vicinity. Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second overhanging states) while the game ball T1 is received in the lower displacement member 440, a centrifugal force is applied to the game ball T1. It can be suppressed from occurring. As a result, it is possible to prevent the collision sound from being generated when the game ball T1 and the ball receiving portion 467 collide, or the ball receiving portion 467 from being damaged.

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the lower displacement member 440, the transmission mechanism 460 for operating the ball receiving portion 467 is formed of the movable rack 464, the transmission gear 465 (pinion gear) and the rack 466 (rack member), and the ball receiving portion is mounted on the rack 466. Since the portion 467 is provided, when the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 is started from the first position, not only the weight of the rack 466 but also the weights of the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are provided on one side of the lower displacement member 440. (The fulcrum when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410) can be brought close to. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be easily suppressed when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the stopped state.

  Further, in the state in which the game ball T1 is received in the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is increased by the load of the game ball T1. Therefore, as described above, by setting the lower displacement member 440 to the first position, the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is set to the sliding grooves 411a and 411b side of the front base 411 (the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440). Side) can be easily moved. Therefore, when the lower displacing member 440 is displaced from the retracted position to the first and second bulged positions, the lower displacing member 440 is set to the first position to rotationally displace the lower displacing member 440. The driving force at that time can be reduced. Therefore, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 that displaces the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 32, a ball payout operation will be described. 32A to 32C are front views of the lower displacement member 440. 32A to 32C, transition states of the lower displacement member 440 in the ball dispensing operation are sequentially illustrated. 32A to 32C, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line. Further, the payout operation of the ball is an operation of paying out the game ball T1 received in the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 from the emission opening 471 to the outside of the lower displacement member 440.

  As shown in FIGS. 32A to 32C, the payout operation for paying out the ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 displaces the lower displacement member 440 from the first position to the third position in order. It is done by that.

  That is, by accepting the game ball T1 inside the ball receiving portion 467 by the receiving operation and displacing the lower displacement member 440 arranged at the first position to the third position, the game ball T1 becomes the ball receiving portion 467. Along with the displacement, it is transported to the exit opening 471 side. The game ball T1 moved to the exit opening 471 side is given an inertial force to the exit opening 471 side by the sliding displacement of the ball receiving section 467 and the launching operation of the ball receiving section 467 at the third position, and the ball receiving section 467 receives the ball. It is ejected from the inside of the portion 467. Thereby, the ball can be discharged from the inside of the lower displacement member 440.

  Here, since the displacement direction when the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member) starts to be displaced from the first position is a direction away from the position side of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving portion 467 is located at the first position. In the arranged state, the rack 466 (rack member) can be brought closer to the base member 410 from one side of the lower displacement member 440. That is, in order for the ball receiving portion 467 (rack 466) to be displaced from one side of the lower displacing member 440 in the separating direction, the rack 466 requires the transmission gear 465 (the transmission gear 465 (after the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 is started). The portion on the rack gear 466a side where the pinion gear) is meshed is directed to one side of the lower displacement member 440. Therefore, the weight of the rack 466 can be closer to one side of the lower displacement member 440 (the fulcrum when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410), and as a result, the ball receiving portion 467 can be moved. It is possible to easily suppress rattling of the lower displacement member 440 when displaced from the stopped state.

The ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the direction of the third position (first direction), and when reaching the third position, the posture is formed to be changeable. Therefore, up to the third position, one game ball T1 is received. While making it easy to maintain the state held by the part 467, it is possible to prevent the game ball T1 from falling off from the ball receiving part 467, while using the change in the attitude of the ball receiving part 467 when reaching the third position. Thus, the game ball T1 can be easily paid out from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467.

  The lower displacement member 440 is retracted (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged horizontally with the imaginary line H1), and the ball receiving portion 467 shown in FIGS. 32 (a) to 32 (c) is dispensed. When performing the operation, the game ball paid out to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 is sent to the inside of the recovery port 411f.

  On the other hand, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first projecting state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is rotated by the angle θ from the imaginary line H1) and the payout operation of the ball receiving portion 467 is performed, The game ball paid out to the outside of 440 is sent to the upper part of the ball pedestal 710 of the rotation unit 700.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34, a discharging operation when two or more balls are fed into the lower displacement member 440 will be described. FIGS. 33A to 33C and FIGS. 34A to 34C are front views of the lower displacement member 440.

  In addition, in FIGS. 11A to 11C and FIGS. 12A to 12C, transition states of the discharging operation are sequentially illustrated. In addition, in FIGS. 11A to 11C and FIGS. 12A to 12C, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are transparent, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown. The outline of is indicated by a chain double-dashed line.

  As shown in FIGS. 33A to 33C, when two or more balls are continuously delivered from the sorting unit 500 described later, the lower displacement member 440 is operated to receive the second ball. The game ball T2 can be dropped onto the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467.

  That is, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced from the first position to the second position to send the game ball T1 of the first ball to the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, and the game ball T2 of the second ball can be the first ball. The game ball T1 can be brought into contact with and placed inside the protruding wall 477 (see FIG. 33B). By displacing the ball receiving portion 467 to the first position after receiving the game ball T1 of the first ball at the second position, the ball receiving portion in the state of receiving the game ball T1 of the first ball at the ball receiving portion 467. 467 can be displaced to the first position and the second game ball T2 can be dropped onto the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467.

  Here, in the gaming machine that displaces the ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 at the second position to the third position by the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, when the operation of the distribution member 540 of the distribution unit 500, which will be described later, is displaced, a malfunction occurs. There is a risk that more than the specified number of game balls will be sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467, and in this case, there is a problem that the game balls in excess of the specified number may cause problems. For example, a game ball exceeding the specified number enters the transmission mechanism 460 that drives the ball receiving portion 467 and is caught in the movable portion, which may cause damage. Alternatively, there is a risk that the game balls exceeding the specified number may flow out of the game area (for example, the back side of the game board 13 or the inside of the back case 300).

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is formed so as to be displaceable from the second position to the first position which is the direction opposite to the ball feeding direction of the ball. The orbit area can be expanded. Therefore, for example, even if a malfunction occurs in the distribution member 540 and more than the specified number of game balls are sent, the number of game balls exceeding the specified number is increased due to the expanded track area of the ball receiving portion 467. Acceptable in orbital area. As a result, the game balls exceeding the specified number can be moved along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 to the third position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game balls in excess of the specified number from entering the transmission mechanism 460 for driving the ball receiving portion 467 and flowing out of the game area, and as a result, the game in excess of the specified number. It is possible to make troubles caused by the ball less likely to occur.

  In addition, the ball receiving portion 467 is capable of receiving and holding a game ball T1 of one ball sent from the sorting unit 500 described later at the second position, and also from the second position to the direction of the first position (second direction). ), Since it is formed to be displaceable at least by a distance exceeding the diameter of the game ball, after receiving one game ball at the second position, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved from the second position to the third direction (first direction). ), It is possible to send the game balls in excess of the specified number to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 (the area in the first direction relative to the ball receiving portion 467). Therefore, the game balls T2 after the second ball can be moved along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position direction (first direction).

  In this case, the ball receiving portion 467 holds the first ball game ball T1, and the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467. It is possible to separate the game ball T2 after the ball. Therefore, for example, by displacing the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position direction (first direction), while maintaining the state where the ball receiving member holds the game ball T1 of the first ball, the game of the second and subsequent balls. The operation of ejecting only the sphere T2 from the orbit area becomes possible.

  Further, in the case of displacing the ball receiving portion 467 to the second position to receive the first ball, and then displacing it to the third position to discharge the game ball T1 from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the second ball Game ball T2 falls onto the upper part of the rack 466, the second game ball T2 is sent between the ball receiving portion 467 and the transmission gear 465, and the second game ball T2 is moved to the lower displacement member 440. May not be able to be discharged to the outside.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the receiving operation of receiving the sphere in the ball receiving portion 467, after receiving the game ball T1 inside the ball receiving portion 467 at the second position, the first position opposite to the exit opening 471. Since it can be displaced to, it can be suppressed that the second game ball T2 cannot be discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440.

  In other words, in a gaming machine equipped with a winning accessory that discharges game balls that have been sent into a winning object, a ball discharging member (in this embodiment, a ball receiving portion 467) operates to receive the ball. (2nd position) and the position to discharge the ball (3rd position) only, if two or more game balls are sent into the accessory, the balls are discharged to the member that discharges the balls. Where there is a risk of discharging the second game ball T2 on the side opposite to the outlet (emission opening 471), in the present embodiment, after the first game ball T1 is received, the ball receiving portion 467 is opened to the emission opening 471. By displacing to the first position on the opposite side, the second game ball T2 can be sent between the ball receiving portion 467 and the emission opening 471.

  As shown in FIGS. 34 (a) to (c), after the game ball T2 of the second ball is sent to the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467, the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position before the firing operation. By doing so, the game ball T2 of the second ball can be rolled to the exit opening 471 side in a state of being in contact with the ball receiving portion 467. As a result, the second game ball T2 can be discharged from the emission opening 471.

  In this case, the ball receiving portion 467 has a lower end surface of the U-shaped portion above the center position of the game ball T2 of the second ball sent to the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467 (upward in FIG. 34 (a)). Is located in. Further, when the leg portion 467a is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, the leg portion 467a is arranged in a state of being inclined by approximately 45 degrees with respect to the contact surface with the bottom wall portion 481b. Furthermore, since the side surface of the U-shaped right side of the ball receiving portion 467 (right side of FIG. 34 (a)) is arranged at the same position as the right end portion of the leg portion 467a in the vertical direction, the second game ball The outer surface of T2 can be brought into contact with the leg portion 467a.

  In addition, the leg portion 467a is tilted approximately 45 degrees with respect to the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, and therefore, the outer surface of the lower hemisphere of the second game ball T2 (the lower hemisphere on the bottom wall portion 481b side). Abut. Thereby, when rolling the game ball T2 of the second ball to the exit opening 471 side, it is possible to generate a force for lifting the game ball T2 of the second ball upward by the inclined surface of the leg portion 467a. Therefore, the frictional force between the game ball T2 of the second ball and the bottom wall portion 481b when the game ball T2 of the second ball rolls on the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball receiving portion 467 from being stopped when rolling the second game ball T2 to the exit opening 471 side.

  In other words, the leg portion 467a is projected from the ball receiving portion 467 in the direction from the first position to the third position (first direction), and the protruding tip thereof is the trajectory of the ball receiving portion 467. Since it is formed so as to be able to contact the lower half surface of the game ball sent to the area (that is, the game ball T2 after the second ball), the ball receiving portion 467 from the first position to the third position direction (first direction). When the game ball is displaced to, the lower half surface of the game ball can be moved while being pushed by the leg portion 467a. As a result, the game balls T2 after the second ball can be easily discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467.

  In addition, the leg portion 467a is provided between the game ball T1 of the first ball held in the ball receiving portion 467 and the game ball sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 (the game ball T2 of the second and subsequent balls). By interposing, the distance between the first game ball T1 and the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be ensured by the protruding length of the leg portion 467a. Therefore, while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the game ball T1 for the first ball, it is possible to easily discharge only the game ball T2 for the second and subsequent balls from the track area.

  Further, by engaging with the recess 481b1, the leg portion 467a has a role of changing the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 and a role of moving the game ball while pushing the lower half surface thereof, so that the number of parts is reduced accordingly. The cost can be reduced to reduce the product cost.

  Further, since the size of the recess 481b1 in the first position to the third position direction (first direction) is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball, the game ball sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, When the second and subsequent game balls T2) are moved along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the first direction, they can easily pass through the recess 481b1. As a result, the game balls T2 after the second ball can be easily discharged from the track area.

  As described above, when the lower displacement unit 400 is arranged in the retracted state, the recovery port 411f is arranged below the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440. Therefore, the game ball T2 discharged in the retracted state is sent to the recovery port 411f.

  On the other hand, when the lower displacement unit 400 is arranged in the first projecting state, the recovery port 411f is located below the emission opening 471. The upper side of the recovery port 411f is opened. Therefore, the discharged game ball T2 is sent to the recovery port 411f.

  That is, since the recovery port 411f is disposed vertically below the end of the base member 470 on the first direction side (on the standing wall 471a side) and has an opening on the vertical direction, the ball receiving portion 467 has a first opening. The game ball (that is, the game ball T2 after the second ball) that is moved along with the movement in the three-position direction (first direction) and discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 is received from the opening of the recovery port 411f. Can be collected.

  In addition, the opening of the recovery port 411f is a vertical portion of the end portion of the base member 470 on the first direction side (the standing wall 471a side) at least in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state. It is arranged below the direction. As a result, the lower displacement unit 400 is discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, two balls) regardless of whether the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced to the retracted position, the first overhang state, or the second overhang state. The game balls T2) after the eyes can be received and collected from the opening of the collecting member.

  Note that the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state (the state in which the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged horizontally with the virtual line H1) in FIGS. 33A to 33C and 34A to 34C. When the discharging operation of the ball receiving portion 467 shown in (1) is performed, the game ball paid out to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 is sent to the inside of the recovery port 411f. Further, when the discharging operation of the ball receiving portion 467 is performed at the position where the lower displacement member 440 is in the first projecting state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is rotated by the angle θ from the imaginary line H1), the lower displacement member The game ball paid out to the outside of 440 is sent to the recovery port 411f as described above.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 35, a configuration when the second game ball T2 is discharged from the exit opening 471 will be described. 35A is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member 440 in the range XXXVa of FIG. 34B, and FIG. 35B is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member 440 in the range XXXVb of FIG. 34A. It is a figure.

  As shown in FIG. 35, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position immediately before the launch operation, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the side surface of the ball receiving portion 467 on the side of the standing wall 471a, and the exit opening. It can be pushed out of the lower displacement member 440 from 471.

  In this case, the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is inserted between the bottom wall portion 481b and the standing wall 471a, and when the ball receiving portion 467 rotates, the game ball T2 and the ball receiving portion 467 are brought into contact with each other. By doing so, the rotational force of the ball receiving portion 467 can be transmitted to the game ball T2. As a result, the game ball T2 can be easily discharged from the emission opening 471. Further, the ball receiving portion 467 can be returned to the state before the rotating operation by utilizing the repulsive force when the ball receiving portion 467 is brought into contact with the game ball T2. Therefore, when the game ball T2 sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 is discharged, it is possible to prevent the first game ball T1 held in the ball receiving portion 467 from dropping off.

  Further, the lower displacing member 440 is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game sphere in the track region when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the second position to the third position direction (first direction), and is recessed. A standing wall 471a located on the first direction side of 481b1 is provided, and the game balls after the second ball sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 are accompanied by the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the first direction. When moved, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467, and the attitude change of the ball receiving portion 467 can be regulated. It is possible to easily discharge only the game balls after the second ball from the track area while maintaining the state held by the ball receiving portion 467.

  That is, the erected wall 471a is erected such that the height from the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b to the erected tip is lower than the radius of the game ball, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the first direction. When the game ball T2 is moved by being pushed by the legs in association with the game ball, the lower half surface of the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the standing wall 471a so that the game ball can easily get over the standing wall 471a. In this case, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, the game ball T2 is interposed between the ball receiving portion 467 and the standing wall 471a), and the reaction force from the game ball T2 to the ball receiving portion 467. Since it is possible to act, it is possible to regulate the attitude change of the ball receiving portion, it is possible to prevent the game ball of the first ball held by the ball receiving portion 467 from falling off. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge only the second and subsequent game balls T2 from the game area while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the first game ball.

  On the other hand, when the game ball T2 after the second ball is not delivered to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467, the game ball is not interposed between the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467, so the leg The posture of the ball receiving portion 467 can be changed by engaging the portion 467a with the concave portion 481b1. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge the game ball T1 of the first ball (that is, the game ball held in the ball receiving portion 467) from the ball receiving portion 467 by utilizing the change in the posture of the ball receiving portion 467.

  Next, the sorting unit 500 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38. FIG. 36A is a top view of the distribution unit 500, and FIG. 36B is a rear view of the distribution unit 500. FIG. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the distribution unit 500, and FIG. 38 is an exploded rear perspective view of the distribution unit 500.

  As shown in FIGS. 36 to 38, the distribution unit 500 includes a base plate 520 formed in a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in front view, and a base plate 520 attached to the front side of the base plate 520 and facing the base plate 520. A path forming member 510 forming a plurality of flow paths through which spheres can flow, a distribution member 540 rotatably attached to the back surface side of the base plate 520, and a base plate 520 attached to an end surface of the base plate 520. And an extension path member 530 that extends a downward flow path of a sphere formed between the path forming member 510 and the path forming member 510.

  The base plate 520 has a cylindrical shaft portion 523 protruding to the rear surface side, a first opening 521 penetratingly formed in an arc shape centered on the axis of the shaft portion 523, and having a radius larger than that of the first opening 521. A second opening 522 penetratingly formed in a large arc shape, a rolling portion 525 having a U-shaped cross-section with the upper end side open on the side surface of the upper end and extending in the left-right direction, and protruding like a hook on the back side. And a locking portion 524 for

  The shaft portion 523 is a shaft that is inserted into a shaft hole 545 of a distribution member 540 to be described later and attaches the distribution member 540 to the base member in a rotatable state, and has an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 545. To be done.

  The first opening 521 and the second opening 522 are openings through which the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 of the distribution member 540 to be described later are inserted, and have a width larger than the thickness of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542. It is formed. Further, since the distribution member 540 is rotatably attached to the base plate 520, the first opening 521 and the second opening 522 are larger than the circumferential dimension of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 in the front view. A large arc length is formed.

  The locking portion 524 is an engaging portion that locks the biasing spring SP4 with the locking portion 544 formed on the distributing member 540, and one end of the biasing spring SP4 is locked.

  The rolling portion 525 is a bottom surface on which the sphere rolls, and is formed so as to be inclined downward toward one end on the left side in rear view (left side in FIG. 36 (b)) and has a U-shaped curved shape. It is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the sphere. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 from stopping at the rolling portion and roll the ball on one end side.

  In addition, the rolling portion 525 includes a plurality of protrusions 525b that protrude from the front and rear side surfaces toward the inside of the U-shape, and an opening 525a that opens to the rear side at the end portion on one end side.

  The projections 525b are formed on the front and rear side surfaces with a certain space therebetween, and the projections 525b formed on the front side and the projections 525b formed on the back side are formed at positions which are staggered in a front view. Therefore, since the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can collide with the protrusion 525b, the rolling speed of the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can be reduced.

  Here, as described above, the ball is delivered to the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement unit 400 in a state where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position (FIGS. 31A and 31B). )reference). Therefore, when the ball-sending speed of the game ball rolling on the rolling unit 525 of the third ball-sending route KR3 is increased, the game ball is sent to the inside of the lower displacement member 440 before moving the ball receiving unit 467 to the second position. May be

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a plurality of protrusions 525b projectingly provided on the inner surface of the rolling portion 525 of the third ball sending route KR3 are formed, and the game ball passes through the rolling portion 525 of the third ball sending route KR3. Since resistance can be given, the speed of the game ball passing through the third ball-sending route KR3 can be reduced. Therefore, the required time can be lengthened when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the switching position (first position) to the receiving position (second position) by that amount, so that the game ball can be reliably placed in the ball receiving portion 467. Can be received by. Further, the output of the displacement speed of the drive motor KM2 can be reduced by the amount that the displacement speed required for the ball receiving portion 467 can be slowed down, and the product cost can be reduced.

  The opening 525a is formed so as to be open to the rear surface side at one end of the rolling portion 525, and its outer shape in rear view is formed larger than the size of a sphere. Therefore, the ball rolling on the one end side of the rolling portion 525 is discharged from the opening 525a.

  The path forming member 510 is formed in a rectangular vertically long plate shape having a lateral width smaller than that of the base plate 520, and a plurality of walls larger than the outer diameter of the game ball are formed on the back surface side. By forming the space between the opposing surfaces larger than the outer diameter of the sphere, a downward flow path of the plurality of spheres is formed therein.

  The route forming member 510 includes a first opening 511 opening at the upper end surface, a first ball sending route KR1 formed between opposing side walls of the first opening 511, and a second ball sending route connected to the first ball sending route KR1. KR2 and the third ball sending route KR3, and the second opening 512 and the third opening 513 which are opened in the side surface of the route forming member 510 at the ends of the second ball sending route KR2 and the third ball sending route KR3, and are formed through the front and rear direction. A plurality of openings 514, 515, 516, a fourth ball sending path KR4 formed by the walls on the back side of the openings 514, 515, 516, and a side surface of the path forming member 510 at the end of the fourth ball sending path KR4. A fourth opening 517 that opens is formed mainly.

  The first opening 511 is an opening for allowing a ball sent from a ball sending unit 600, which will be described later, to flow into the sorting unit, is formed on the side surface at the upper end of the path forming member 510, and has an outer shape larger than that of the sphere. Largely formed. Further, the first opening 511 is connected to the ball-sending unit 600 so that a ball sent from the ball-sending unit 600 can flow into the first opening 511.

  The first ball-sending path KR1 is a path through which the sphere that has flowed in from the first opening 511 flows down between the base plate 520 and the path-forming member 510 facing each other, and is formed by extending downward. Further, the fourth ball sending route KR4 is formed by extending approximately one-third in the vertical direction of the route forming member 510, and the downstream end is connected to the second ball sending route KR2 and the third ball sending route KR3. To be done. That is, the sphere flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 is formed to be able to flow down to the second ball sending route KR2 or the third ball sending route KR3.

  As described above, the second ball-sending path KR2 is a path formed by being connected to the first ball-sending path KR1, and its downstream end is connected to the second opening 512. That is, when a ball flowing down from the first opening 511 and flowing down the first ball sending path KR1 flows down to the second ball sending path KR2, it is discharged from the second opening 512 to the outside of the sorting unit 500.

  The second opening 512 is connected to a collection path (not shown) for collecting the sphere. Therefore, the balls discharged from the second opening are collected by the collecting path. Further, inside the second opening 512 (downstream end of the second ball sending route KR2), a sensor device SE2 for detecting passage of a game ball is arranged. Therefore, the sensor device SE1 detects the number of balls of the game ball passing through the third winning opening 82, and the sensor device SE2 detects the number of balls of the game ball passing through the second ball sending route KR2. The number of game balls passing through the route KR3 can be detected.

  That is, it is possible to detect whether or not a predetermined number of balls (one ball) of game balls are stored upstream of the regulation plate 541, which will be described later, by the difference between the sensor device SE1 and the sensor device SE1. For example, when the third electric accessory 82a is opened once, the number of balls passing through the third winning hole 82 (sensor device SE1) is 8, and the ball passing through the second ball sending route KR2 (sensor device SE2). When the number is 7, it can be detected that one game ball worth of balls has flowed down (stored) in the third ball sending route KR3.

  As described above, the third ball-sending route KR3 is a route formed by being connected to the first ball-sending route KR1, and the downstream end is connected to the third opening 513. That is, when a ball flowing down from the first opening 511 and flowing down the first ball sending path KR1 flows down to the third ball sending path KR3, it is discharged from the third opening 513.

  The third opening 513 is formed above the other end side (the end side opposite to the opening 525a) of the rolling portion 525 of the base plate 520. Therefore, the ball discharged from the third opening 513 is sent to the inside of the rolling portion 525. That is, the ball sent to the third ball sending route KR3 is sent to the rolling portion 525 through the third opening 513.

  The openings 514 to 516 are respectively formed on the back side of the third winning opening 82 formed in the game board 13, and the balls won in the third winning opening 82 are sent. That is, when a ball flowing down the game area on the front side of the game board 13 wins the third winning opening 82, the ball is sent to the inside of the distribution unit 500 from the openings 514 to 516.

  The fourth ball delivery path KR4 is formed by being connected to the openings 514 to 516, is connected to one path on the downstream side, and is connected to the fourth opening formed on the lower end surface of the path forming member 510. The fourth opening is connected to a collection path (not shown) for collecting spheres. Therefore, the ball that has won the third winning opening 82 of the game board 13 is discharged from the fourth opening 517 and then collected after being sent to the fourth ball sending path KR4 of the sorting unit 500.

  The extension path member 530 is formed to have a U-shaped cross section with its lower side open, and extends in the left-right direction. The U-shaped inner diameter of the extension path member 530 is larger than the outer diameter of the sphere. Therefore, by being arranged above the rolling portion 525 of the base plate 520, it is possible to throw a ball fed to the upper portion of the rolling portion 525 inside the rolling portion 525 and the extension path member 530. The ball rolling on the rolling portion can be prevented from falling from the rolling portion 525.

  Further, the extension path member 530 is provided with protrusions 531 formed at regular intervals at the same positions in the left-right direction as the protrusions 525b formed on the rolling portion 525. As a result, the rolling speed of the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can be reduced similarly to the protrusion 525b.

  The distribution member 540 is formed in a rectangular shape in front view, one of which is formed long, and is formed with a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 540 includes a regulation plate 541 and a storage plate 542 that protrude toward the front side in the form of a plate, a shaft hole 545 that penetrates through at one upper end side, and a locking portion 544 that is formed like a hook on the back side. And is mainly formed.

  As described above, the shaft hole 545 is a through hole into which the shaft portion 523 of the base plate 520 is inserted, and is formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 540 is rotatable on the base plate 520 by inserting the shaft portion 523 of the base plate 520 into the shaft hole 545 and fastening a screw having a head larger than the shaft hole to the shaft portion 523 from the back side. It is attached in a simple state.

  The regulation plate 541 is arranged at a connecting portion between the first ball-sending path KR1 and the second ball-sending path KR2 via the first opening 521, and a ball flowing down the first ball-sending path KR1 flows into the second ball-sending path KR2. Is a plate member that regulates the front surface of the shaft hole 545, and is formed so as to project to the front side from the front end surface of the shaft hole 545, and the projection distance from the base plate 520 to the front side is set to be larger than the radius of the sphere.

  Further, the regulation plate 541 is formed to be curved in an arc shape centered on the axis of the shaft hole 545. Accordingly, when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 545, the displacement region of the regulation plate 541 can be minimized.

  The storage plate 542 is a plate member that is disposed on the second ball sending path KR2 via the second opening 522, and stores the balls flowing down the second ball sending path KR2 on the upstream side of the storage plate 542. It is formed so as to project to the front side from the end surface on the front side, and the projection distance from the base plate 520 to the front side is set to be larger than the radius of the sphere.

  Further, the storage plate 542 is formed to be curved in an arc shape centered on the axis of the shaft hole 545, and the radius of the arc is formed to be larger than the radius of the curved portion of the regulation plate 541. Therefore, the storage plate 542 is formed at a position farther from the shaft hole 545 than the regulation plate 541. As a result, the regulation plate 541 can be projected to the connecting portion between the first ball sending route KR1 and the second ball sending route KR2, and the storage plate 542 can be disposed on the second ball sending route KR2. Furthermore, the displacement region when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced around the shaft of the shaft hole 545 can be minimized.

  The projecting portion 543 is a drive transmission member that applies a rotational driving force to the distribution member 540 by colliding with the contact plate 464c of the above-described lower displacement member 440, and protrudes to the other end side of the distribution member 540. It is formed. That is, the protrusion 543 to which the driving force is transmitted is formed on the side opposite to the one end side where the shaft hole 545 that serves as the rotation axis of the distribution member 540 is formed. Thereby, the force with which the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 collides can be reduced.

  Therefore, the driving force of the drive motor KM3 that displaces the contact plate 464c can be reduced, so that the energy consumption of the drive motor KM3 can be reduced. In addition, since the energy when the contact plate 464c collides with the protrusion 543 during driving can be reduced, the collision noise when the contact plate 464c and the protrusion 543 collide can be reduced. The detailed mode of the collision between the contact plate 464c and the protrusion 543 will be described later.

  Further, a bulging portion 543a that bulges in a circular shape is formed at a contact portion of the protruding tip of the protrusion 543 with the contact plate 464c. By bringing the contact plate 464c into contact with the bulging portion 543a, the contact area between the contact plate and the distribution member 540 can be reduced. Therefore, when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced, the frictional resistance between the protrusion 543 (bulging portion 543a), the contact plate 464c, and the like can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the energy consumption of the drive motor KM3 from increasing.

  The locking portion 544 is a portion that locks the biasing spring SP4 with the locking portion 524 of the base plate 520 as described above. Therefore, since the other end side of the distribution member 540 can always apply a rotating force to the locking portion 524 side, it is possible to suppress the distribution member 540 from swinging due to vibration of the pachinko machine 10.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 39, the sphere flow-down path of the distribution unit 500 will be described in detail. 39 is a sectional view of the distribution unit 500 taken along line XXXIX-XXXIX in FIG. Note that, in FIG. 39, the distribution member 540 is illustrated by a chain line. Further, FIG. 39 shows a state in which the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position.

  Here, the state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the storage position is a state in which the distribution member 540 is rotated by the urging force of the urging spring SP4 and the storage plate 542 is arranged on the second ball sending path KR2. ..

  As shown in FIG. 39, in the first ball sending route KR1, the lower end side of the downflow route is tilted toward the center portion of the base plate 520 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 39), and the tilted portion is gentle. It is formed to be curved in an S shape. Further, the S-shaped curved tip portion is connected to the third ball-sending route KR3, and the second ball-sending route KR2 is tilted at the end of the first ball-sending route KR1 in the opposite direction to the tilting direction of the first ball-sending route KR1. It will be connected in the state of being.

  Thus, by colliding the ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 with the lower surface of the tilted portion, the downward direction of the ball can be directed from the gravity direction to the tilting direction of the first ball sending route KR1. Therefore, the ball can be made to flow down toward the entrance of the third ball-sending route KR3 (the connecting portion between the first ball-sending route KR1 and the third ball-sending route KR3). Therefore, in a state where the distribution member 540 is not arranged, it is possible to send the ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 to the third ball sending route KR3.

  Here, a downflow path through which the game ball flows down, a first branch passage and a second branch path branched from the downflow path, and the game ball flowing down the downflow path to one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage. A gaming machine that distributes them is known.

  However, in the conventional gaming machine, since the game balls flowing down the downflow passage are alternately distributed to the first branch passage and the second branch passage one by one, the game ball flowing down the downflow passage is the first branch. The passages and the second branch passages are evenly distributed (that is, half each). That is, there is a problem that the number of game balls to be distributed to the first branch passage cannot be changed.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a ball receiving portion 467 that is formed so as to be displaceable and that receives a game ball from the third ball sending route KR3 is provided, and the contact plate 464c that interlocks with the ball receiving portion 467 contacts the distribution member 540. Since the distribution member 540 is displaced by being brought into contact with each other, the number of game balls distributed to the third ball sending route KR3 or the second ball sending route can be changed according to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. That is, it is possible to change the number of game balls distributed to the third ball sending route KR3.

  As for the displacement of the distribution member 540, the distribution member 540 can be displaced by utilizing the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, it is necessary to separately provide a drive unit or a transmission mechanism for displacing the distribution member 540. It can be unnecessary. Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Further, for example, in the structure in which the displacement of the sorting member 540 is controlled by using the position detection by the sensor device or the driving by the driving unit, the reliability of the sorting operation of the sorting member is deteriorated due to the malfunction due to the poor detection or the poor control. However, according to the present embodiment, the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 can be switched mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, so that the reliability of the distribution operation can be improved.

  In particular, since the ball receiving portion 467 is a member that receives the game ball from the rolling portion 525 of the third ball sending path KR3, the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 is set to the third ball sending path in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. By switching to, it is possible to reliably receive the game ball distributed to the third ball sending route KR3 to the displacement member.

  Further, in the conventional gaming machine, the game ball flowing down the downflow path is only distributed to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, so that it is insufficient to give the player amusement.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, in the state where the distribution destination by the restriction plate 541 (distribution device) is the third ball sending route KR3 (first branch passage), the flow down of the game ball in the third is restricted. Since the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is the second ball-sending path KR2 (second branch path), the storage plate 542 (flow-down state changing means) that allows the game balls to flow down the third ball-sending path KR3 is provided. , Can give amusement to the player.

  That is, when the distribution destination by the regulation plate 541 is the third ball-sending route, the flow-down of the game balls distributed to the third ball-sending route KR3 is regulated to store the game balls on the third ball-sending route KR3, and at the same time, the regulation plate. When the distribution destination by 541 is the second ball-sending route KR2, the flow of the game balls on the third ball-sending route KR3 is permitted, and the game balls stored on the third ball-sending route KR3 are allowed to flow down (open). it can. Thereby, in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 (downflow route) to one of the third ball sending route KR3 or the second ball sending route KR2, the game ball distributed to the third ball sending route KR3 is It is possible to form an action of letting it flow down (opening). Further, the storage and opening operations can be alternately formed in association with the distribution operation. As a result, the player can be provided with an interest.

  Further, since the distribution plate 540 (integral member) in which the regulation plate 541 (sorting means) and the storage plate 542 (downflow state changing means) are integrally formed is provided, the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are operated. The structure can be simplified and the reliability of the operation can be improved, that is, when the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are formed separately, there are two parts, and these two parts are operated. This makes the structure to be complicated and lowers the reliability of operation.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 can be formed as one component, the structure can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced and the operational reliability can be improved. be able to.

  Furthermore, the distribution member 540 is formed to be displaceable between the storage position (first state position) and the regulation position (second state position), and when the distribution member 540 is displaced to the storage position, the regulation plate 541 moves to the first position. 3 ball-sending route KR3 (first branch passage) is arranged at a position where the distribution destination is set, and storage plate 542 is arranged at a position that regulates the flow down of game balls in the third ball-sending route KR3, and distribution member 540 is displaced to the regulation position. In this state, the regulation plate 541 is arranged at a position where the second ball-sending path KR2 is used as a distribution destination, and the storage plate 542 is arranged at a position which allows the game balls to flow down in the third ball-sending path. Therefore, the distribution member 540 is arranged. By displacing the two positions (the storage position and the regulation position), in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the first ball-sending route KR1 (downflow passage) to one of the third ball-sending route KR3 and the second ball-sending route, It is possible to form an operation of once stopping (reserving) the flow down of the game balls distributed to the 3 ball-sending route KR3 and an operation of flowing down (opening) the stopped (stored) game balls, and storing these. The opening operation and the opening operation can be alternately formed in association with the sorting operation. That is, the structure can be simplified to reduce the product cost and improve the operation reliability.

  The distribution member 540 (integral member) is rotatably formed, and the storage plate 542 (downflow state changing means) is formed so as to be able to appear in and out of the third ball sending route KR3 (first branch passage), and the third ball sending route. The flow down of the game ball is restricted by protruding to KR3, and since it is formed in a curved shape around the rotation axis of the distribution member 540 in the shape of an arc, the third ball sending route KR3 for the protrusion / retraction of the restriction plate 541. It is possible to reduce the area of the hole (recess 519) opened in the inner wall of the.

  Since the storage plate 542 (downflow state changing means) is arranged in a posture in which the side facing the upstream of the third ball delivery route KR3 (first branch passage) is concave, the storage plate 542 to the third ball delivery route KR3 projects. In the initial state that started (that is, in the state where only the tip end side of the flow-down state changing means is projected into the passage), the shape of the tip end side of the storage plate 542 can be arranged in such a direction as to easily regulate the flow down of the game ball, It is possible to easily regulate the flow down of the game balls distributed to the third ball sending route KR3.

  Further, in the state where the storage plate 542 is projected to the maximum to the third ball feeding path and regulates the flow of the game ball, the recess of the storage plate 542 can stably hold the game ball, so that the rampage of the game ball can be suppressed.

  The distribution unit 500 applies a biasing force to the distribution member 540 (integral member) and biases the regulation plate 541 in the direction in which it projects toward the third ball feeding path (first branch path) (biasing means SP4). ), Since the distance from the regulation plate 541 to the rotation axis of the distribution member 540 is made larger than the distance from the regulation plate 541 to the rotation axis of the distribution member 540, the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4 is used. It is possible to easily maintain the distribution member 540 in the posture (that is, the storage position) in which the storage plate 542 projects to the third emergency path.

  In this case, since the distance from the storage plate 542 to the rotation axis of the distribution member 540 is made larger than the distance from the regulation plate 541 to the rotation axis of the distribution member 540, when the flowing game ball collides, the rotation axis Even if the same impact force is applied due to the large distance from the storage plate 542, it is easy for the storage plate 542 to sink, and the biasing direction of the biasing spring SP4 is the direction in which the storage plate 542 projects to the third ball sending route KR3. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress the storage plate 542 from being depressed into the recess 519 by the amount of the biasing force.

  Further, the distribution member 540 (integral member) is rotated in the direction in which the storage plate 542 (downflow state changing means) projects to the third ball delivery path (first branch passage) due to its own weight, so that the own weight is utilized. The distribution member 540 can be easily maintained in the posture (that is, the storage position) in which the storage plate 542 projects to the third ball sending path KR3. Therefore, when the game ball collides, it is possible to suppress the storage plate 542 from being recessed in the recess 519 by its own weight.

  Further, even when the biasing spring SP4 (biasing means) is dropped, the distribution member 540 is maintained by its own weight in a posture in which the regulation plate 541 is projected to the third ball sending route KR3, and the game is moved to the third ball sending route. It is possible to prevent the ball from flowing down.

  Further, the distribution member 540 is provided with a biasing spring SP4 for applying a biasing force to maintain the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 on one of the third ball sending path KR3 or the second ball sending path KR2, and the ball receiving portion 467 is provided with the ball distributing portion 467. By displacing 540 in the direction opposite to the direction of the biasing spring SP4, the sorting destination by the sorting member 540 is switched to the other of the third ball sending route KR3 or the second ball sending route KR2, and by the biasing force of the biasing spring. The distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is returned to one of the third ball sending route KR3 and the second ball sending route KR2.

  Therefore, it is possible to prevent the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 from being inadvertently switched. In this case, the distribution member 540 is displaced along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, and after the distribution destination is switched, the return to the distribution destination before the switching can be performed by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4. Therefore, the contact plate 464c interlocking with the ball receiving portion 467 need not be in contact with the distribution member 540. That is, the contact plate 464c that is interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 can be separated from the distributing member 540. Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the movable range of the ball receiving portion 467 can be increased.

  Next, the displacement of the distribution member 540 will be described with reference to FIG. 40A and 40B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500 in the range XL of FIG. Note that FIG. 40 (a) illustrates a state in which the distribution member 540 is located at the storage position, and FIG. 40 (b) illustrates a state in which the distribution member 540 is located at the regulation position. Further, the state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the restriction position means that the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 collides with the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540 and the distribution member 540 is centered on the shaft of the shaft hole 545. This is a state in which the restriction plate 541 is rotated and the regulation plate 541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball feeding path KR1 and the third ball feeding path KR3.

  As shown in FIG. 40A, in the state where the distribution member 540 is arranged at the storage position, the storage plate 542 is arranged on the third ball sending route KR3, and the regulation plate 541 is on the rear surface side of the route forming member 510. Is disposed inside the recess 518 formed in the wall of the.

  In this case, the distance dimension L1 between the end portion of the tip of the storage plate 542 protruding inward of the third ball-sending path KR3 and the inner wall of the third ball-sending path KR3 facing the tip is made smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Therefore, the ball delivered from the upstream of the third delivery route KR3 (the first delivery route KR1) is stopped upstream of the storage plate 542.

  In addition, the distance dimension L2 from the inside of the curved portion of the storage plate 542 to the connecting portion between the first ball sending path KR1 and the first ball sending path KR1 is set to be larger than the radius of the ball and smaller than the diameter of the ball. Set small. As a result, the number of balls stopped upstream of the storage plate 542 can be set to one. In addition, below, the state of the distribution unit 500 in which one ball is stopped upstream of the storage plate 542 is referred to as a storage state.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 40B, in the state where the distribution member 540 is arranged at the regulation position, the regulation plate 541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball feeding route KR1 and the third ball feeding route KR3. The storage plate 542 is arranged inside the recess 519 formed in the wall portion on the rear surface side of the path forming member 510.

  In this case, the distance dimension L3 between the end portion of the tip of the regulation plate 541 protruding inside the first ball-sending path KR1 and the inner wall of the entrance of the third ball-sending path KR3 is made smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Therefore, the ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 541 and is sent to the second ball sending route KR2.

  That is, by switching the distribution member 540 between the regulation position and the storage position, a state in which the ball to be delivered on the first ball delivery route KR1 is delivered to the third ball delivery route KR3 and stopped on the third ball delivery route KR3, It is possible to form a state in which the sphere flowing down the first ball-sending route KR1 cannot be flown into the third ball-sending route KR3 and is sent to the second ball-sending route KR2.

  Therefore, by displacing the one distributing member 540, when the route of 1 flowing down is divided into the route of 2 flowing down, it is possible to reliably switch the flowing route of the sphere to either one.

  Further, the biasing spring SP4 applies a biasing force to the distribution member 540 to maintain the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 on the second ball sending route KR2, so that the ball receiving portion 467 cannot receive the game ball. It is possible to prevent the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 from being switched to the third ball delivery path.

  Further, the regulation plate 541 (sorting means) is formed so as to be able to appear in and out of the first ball sending route KR1 (downflow passage) or the third ball sending route KR3 (first branch passage), and its withdrawal position is Since it is an inner wall on the extension line in the downflow direction at the downstream end of the first ball sending route KR1, it is possible to project the restriction plate 541 at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the lower end side of the first ball sending route KR1. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from when the regulation plate 541 starts to be projected to the downflow passage or the third ball feeding route KR3 (first branch passage) until the game balls can be distributed. As a result, it is possible to reliably switch the allocation destination by the regulation plate 541.

  In addition, the regulation plate 541 (sorting means) is projected to the third ball-sending route KR3 (first branch passage), so that the game ball that flows down the first ball-sending route KR1 (downflow passage) is moved to the second ball-sending route ( Since the projecting direction of the regulation plate 541 is set to the direction toward the upstream end of the second ball sending path KR2, the game ball flowing down the first ball sending path KR1 projects. When it comes into contact with the regulation plate in the middle of, the game ball can be pushed into the second ball sending route KR along with the protrusion operation of the regulation plate. As a result, the distribution to the second ball feeding route KR2 can be performed more reliably.

  In the present embodiment, the regulation plate 541 of the distribution member 540 is arranged at a position closer to the shaft hole 545 than the storage plate 542, but the regulation plate 541 is separated from the shaft hole 545 more than the regulation plate 541. May be located at. That is, the shaft of the distributing member 540 may be arranged in the shaft hole 545 of the distributing member 540 at the position of the point P on the back surface on the downstream side of the third ball delivery route KR3 shown in FIGS. 40 (a) and 40 (b). .. In this case, the arrangement positions of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 formed on the distribution member 540 are formed at the same positions as in the present embodiment.

  In the state in which the shaft hole 545 is arranged at the point P, the displacement speed of the regulation plate 541 when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced can be made faster than that of the storage plate 542. Therefore, when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the storage position to the regulation position as described later, the regulation plate 541 can be quickly projected onto the downflow path. As a result, at the timing when the distribution member 540 is switched from the regulation position to the storage position, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 from flowing into the third ball sending route KR3.

  Further, in this case, the shapes of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 in a front view are formed in an arc shape with the point P as the center. Accordingly, when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the regulation position to the storage position (or the opposite position), the displacement area of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 can be minimized. Further, the recesses 518 and 519 that receive the restriction plate 541 and the storage plate 542 outside the third ball sending path KR3 are formed in a recessed shape along the restriction plate 541 and the displacement trajectory of the restriction plate 541.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 41 and FIG. 42, a case where two or more spheres are delivered from the delivery path when the distribution member 540 is arranged at the storage position will be described. 41A and 41B are partial enlarged views of the distribution unit 500. 42A and 42B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500.

  Note that FIGS. 44A and 44B correspond to a partially enlarged view of the distribution unit 500 in FIG. 40A. 41 (a) to 42 (b) sequentially show transition states of the sphere when the sphere is introduced. Further, in FIGS. 41 (a) to 42 (b), the distribution member 540 is in a state of being arranged at the storage position.

  As shown in FIGS. 41 (a) and 41 (b), when the first game ball T1 is delivered to the first delivery route KR1 in the state where the distribution member 540 is arranged at the storage position, as described above. The game ball T1 is sent to the third ball sending route KR3 and stopped above the storage plate 542.

  In this case, since the storage plate 542 is located at a position downstream from the upper end of the third ball feeding path KR3 by a distance between the radius and the diameter of the sphere, a part of the sphere stopped at the upper part of the storage plate 542. Is in a state of being projected to the first ball sending route KR1 side (see FIG. 41).

  Therefore, as described above, the third ball feeding route KR3 (first branch passage) is formed to be inclined downward toward the downstream side, and the game ball is formed to be rollable on the inner wall on the gravity direction side thereof. The storage plate 542 (downflow state changing means) is formed so as to be retractable from the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity into and out of the third ball sending route KR3, and therefore the game ball is started after the storage plate 542 is started to project into the third ball sending route KR3. It is possible to shorten the time required to reach the state in which the flow of the can be regulated. As a result, the distribution destination of the regulation plate 541 is switched from the second ball sending route KR2 (second branch path) to the third ball sending route KR3, and when the game ball is distributed to the third ball sending route KR3, The protrusion of the storage plate 542 can be easily made in time with the flow-down regulation.

  In addition, the regulation plate 541 is formed so as to be retractable from and retractable with respect to the third ball-sending route KR3, and in the state of maximum projection to the third ball-sending route KR3, the force component in the projecting direction is applied from the game ball to the storage plate 542. Therefore, when restricting the flow of the game balls distributed to the third ball-sending route KR3, it is possible to prevent the storage plate 542 from sinking into the recess 519 due to the impact when the game balls collide. Therefore, it is possible to easily regulate the flow down of the game ball.

  Next, as shown in FIGS. 42 (a) and 42 (b), when the distribution unit 500 is in the storage state and the second game ball T2 is sent to the first ball sending route KR1, the game ball T2 is The ball is thrown in the direction from the first ball-sending route KR1 to the upper end of the third ball-sending route KR3. Since the game ball T1 is stopped at the upper end of the third ball sending route KR3, the game ball T2 collides with the game ball T1 and is sent to the second ball sending route KR2.

  In this case, as described above, the game ball T1 is in a state of projecting to the first ball sending route KR1 side, and thus the game ball T2 is not sent to the inside of the third ball sending route KR3, but to the second ball sending route KR2. Since it is possible to guide, it is possible to send the game ball T2 to the second ball sending route KR2 without staying inside the third ball sending route KR3. Therefore, it is possible to stabilize the ball delivery on the first ball delivery route KR1 and the second ball delivery route KR2.

  That is, the inner wall on the side of the first ball sending route KR1 (downward passage) that desires the second ball sending route KR2 (second branch passage) has the game ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1, the third ball sending route KR3 (first Of the specified number (1 ball) of game balls stored in the branch passage, the last game ball is formed so as to be guided to the side surface of the third ball-sending route KR3, so that the game ball flowing down the first ball-sending route KR1. After colliding with the last game ball of the specified number of game balls, it can be easily flowed down to the second ball sending route KR2.

  Note that, out of the specified number of game balls, the last game ball means a game ball located on the upstream side (the side opposite to the regulation plate 541). Further, in the present embodiment, the specified number is set to one ball. In this case, the last game ball means the game ball itself stored in the third ball sending route KR3.

  In addition, as described above, in the first ball-sending path KR1 (downflow passage), the lower end side of the downflow path is tilted toward the center portion of the base plate 520 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 39), and the tilting thereof is also performed. The part is formed to have a gentle S-shape. That is, since the downstream direction of the downstream end of the first ball-sending path KR1 (downstream passage) is formed in the downstream direction of the upstream end of the third ball-sending path KR3, the game ball flowing down the first ball-sending path KR1 is the third ball. If the direction of the repulsive force acting on the last game ball is different from the downflow direction of the upstream end of the third ball route KR3 when it collides with the last game ball of the specified number of game balls stored in the ball sending route. Can be made. As a result, it is possible to prevent the last game ball from jumping out from the upstream end of the third ball sending route KR3 and flowing into the second ball sending route KR2 by the repulsive force at the time of collision.

  Further, since the upper end of the third ball sending route KR3 is formed to be inclined in the tilt direction of the lower end of the first ball sending route KR1, the position where the game ball T2 collides with the game ball T1 is the upper hemisphere of the game ball T1. In addition to the above, it can be on the second ball sending route KR2 side. Therefore, the rebounding direction of the game ball T2 that collides with the game ball T1 can be set to the entrance (upper end) side of the second ball sending route KR2. Therefore, the game ball T2 that collides with the game ball T1 can be easily sent to the second ball sending route KR2. As a result, stagnation of the balls on the first ball-sending route KR1 and the second ball-sending route KR2 can be suppressed.

  Further, the distribution destination by the regulation plate 541 is set to the third ball-sending route KR3 (first branch passage), and the flow-down of the game balls on the third ball-sending route KR3 is regulated by the storage plate 542 (flow-down state changing means). 3 In the state where a prescribed number (1 ball) of game balls are stored in the ball-sending route KR3, the game ball flowing down the first ball-sending route KR1 (downflow passage) can flow down to the second ball-sending route KR2 (second branch passage). Since it is formed in, when more than a specified number of game balls flow down the downflow passage, the number of game balls exceeding the specified number (game balls T2 after the second ball) is prevented from staying on the first ball sending route KR1. it can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the displacement of the regulation plate 541 (the operation of setting the distribution destination to be the second ball-sending route KR2) from being obstructed by the game ball stuck on the first ball-sending route KR1.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43, a description will be given of a case where a ball has been delivered to the delivery path when the distribution member 540 is arranged at the regulation position. 43A and 43B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500.

  Note that FIGS. 43A and 43B correspond to a partially enlarged view of the distribution unit 500 of FIG. 40A. In addition, FIGS. 43A and 43B respectively show transition states of the sphere when the sphere is introduced. Further, in FIGS. 43A and 43B, the distribution member 540 is in a state of being arranged at the regulation position.

  As shown in FIGS. 43 (a) and 43 (b), when a sphere is delivered to the first delivery route KR1 in a state where the distribution member 540 is arranged at the regulation position, the delivered game sphere T1 is the first delivery ball. The lower end of the route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 541. Thereby, the game ball T1 is guided to the second ball sending route KR2 and flows down the second ball sending route KR2.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 44, an operation when the sphere flows down to the downstream side of the third ball sending route KR3 will be described. 44A and 44B are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 500.

  Note that FIGS. 44A and 44B correspond to a partially enlarged view of the distribution unit 500 in FIG. 40A. Further, FIGS. 44A and 44B respectively show transition states of the sphere when the sphere is introduced. Further, FIG. 44A shows a state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the storage position, and FIG. 44B shows a state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the regulation position.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 44 (b), when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state (the state shown in FIG. 44 (a)), the sorting member 540 is displaced and placed at the regulation position. The gaming ball T1 stagnant above the storage plate 542 is flowed down to the downstream side of the third ball sending route KR3.

  That is, the spheres flowing down to the third ball sending route KR3 are limited to the spheres stagnant above the storage plate 542. Further, as described above, the number of spheres stagnating above the storage plate 542 is set to 1, so that the balls can flow down to the third ball sending route KR3 one by one. Therefore, it is possible to stabilize the number of spheres that flow down to the downstream side of the third ball-sending route KR3, and thus it is possible to prevent the unintended number of balls from flowing down the third ball-sending route KR3.

  Therefore, the distributing member 540 (distributor) has a restriction plate 541 (first projecting / retracting portion) formed so as to be retractable from and into the third ball feeding path (first branch passage) according to the displacement of the distributing member 540, and The regulation plate 541 is provided with a storage plate (second projecting / retracting portion), and by projecting to the third ball-sending path, the game ball flowing down the first ball-sending path KR1 (downflow passage) is transferred to the second ball-sending path KR2 (second branch). The storage plate 542 is formed so as to be distributed to the third ball-sending route KR3 while being located downstream of the regulation plate 541 in the third ball-sending route KR3. The restricting plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are formed so as to be able to regulate the flow down of the game balls that have been taken, and when one of them is protruding into the passage of the third ball feeding route KR3, the other is outside the passage of the third ball feeding route KR3 (recessed portion Since it is retracted to the inside of 518, 519), by displacing the distribution member 540 with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member), only a prescribed number (1 ball) of game balls are provided to the third ball sending route KR3. It can be distributed to and received by the ball receiving portion 467.

  That is, when the regulation plate 541 projects, the first state in which the game ball flowing down the first ball feeding route KR1 is distributed to the second ball feeding route and the regulation plate 541 retracts to flow down the first ball feeding route KR1. A second state in which the game balls to be distributed to the third ball-sending route and a second projecting portion are projected to restrict the flow-down of the game balls distributed to the third ball-sending route KR3 (storing the game balls). And a state in which the second projecting / retracting portion is retreated can form a fourth state in which the game balls stored in the third ball sending path are made to flow down to be received by the ball receiving portion. Each of these states By combining the above, it is possible to distribute only a prescribed number (1 ball) of game balls to the third ball sending route KR3 and receive them in the ball receiving portion 467.

  Further, since the distribution member 540 includes the regulation plates 541 and 542, that is, is formed as one component, the structure of the distribution member 540 (in order to operate the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 to exert their functions) Structure) can be simplified. Further, when one of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 is projected into the passage of the third ball feeding route KR3, the other is retracted to the outside of the passage of the third ball feeding route KR3. It suffices that the distribution member 540 is also formed to be displaceable in two positions depending on the position (first position and second position). That is, the first to fourth states described above can be formed by displacing the distribution member 540 at two positions. Therefore, the structure of the distribution member 540 and the structure of displacing the distribution member 540 with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 can be simplified, and the reliability of the distribution operation of the game balls can be improved accordingly.

  Next, the sorting unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 46. FIG. 45 is a front view of the sorting unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. 46 is a top view of the distribution unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400. It should be noted that the lower displacement unit 400 is shown in the state in which it is arranged in the retracted position.

  As shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the sorting unit 500 is arranged on the front side (lower side in FIG. 46) of the lower displacement unit 400. In this case, the opening 525a formed in the rolling portion 525 of the distribution unit 500 and the opening 451a formed in the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 are arranged at positions overlapping in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 is fed into the lower displacement member 440 through the opening 525a and the opening 451a.

  In other words, the ball is sent to the lower displacement member 440, the ball flowing down the game area in front of the game board 13 is passed from the third winning opening 82 formed on the game board 13 via the ball sending unit 600 and the distribution unit 500. Is done.

  Therefore, the distribution unit 500 includes the rolling portion 525 that communicates with the track area of the ball receiving portion 467, and the distribution member 540 regulates the passage of the game ball in the rolling portion 525. Even when the game ball T2 after the second ball is sent due to a malfunction, it is possible to reliably send the game ball T2 after the second ball to the track area of the distribution member 540 via the rolling portion 525. You can As a result, it is possible to prevent problems due to the second and subsequent game balls T2 from occurring.

  Next, the relationship between the distribution member 540 and the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 52. 47, 49 and 51 are front views of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIGS. 48, 50 and 52 are sectional views of the distribution unit 500. 47, 49, and 51, the decoration member 450 of the displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and only the distribution member 540 of the distribution unit 500 arranged on the front side is shown. Further, in FIGS. 48, 50 and 52, the distribution member 540 is shown by a chain line, and the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 arranged on the back side is shown by a chain line.

  Further, in FIGS. 47 and 48, a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first position and the sorting member 540 is arranged in the regulation position is shown, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state. The position is shown. 49 and 50 show a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the second position and the sorting member 540 is arranged in the storage position, and the lower displacement member 440 is positioned in the retracted state. The situation is illustrated. 51 and 52, a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the first position and the sorting member 540 is disposed in the storage position is shown, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the first protruding state. Is shown in the figure.

  As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, in the state in which the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the retracted state and the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first position, as described above, the ball receiving portion is formed. A rack 466 that drives 467 is arranged on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 (left side in front view of the lower displacement member 440), and a movable rack 464 is arranged on the back side in a state of overlapping in the front-rear direction.

  That is, the movable rack 464 is placed on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 (left side of the lower displacement member 440 when viewed from the front), similarly to the rack 466. Therefore, the contact plate 464c formed on the movable rack 464 is located on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440. In this case, the side surface (the surface on the left side in front view) of the contact plate 464c on the other end side is in contact with the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540. As a result, the distribution member 540 is displaced to a position (regulation position) in which the regulation plate 541 is projected to the first ball sending route KR1 by the driving force of rotation about the axis of the shaft hole 545.

  Therefore, when the lower displacing member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position, the ball delivered to the first ball delivery route KR1 of the sorting unit 500 is the third ball delivery route KR3. The ball is not flown to the second ball and is sent to the second ball path KR2. Further, as described above, by displacing the distribution member 540 from the storage state in which the balls are stored above the storage plate 542 to the regulation position, the game is provided on the downstream side of the third ball sending route KR3 (downstream side of the storage plate 542). You can send a ball. At this time, the game ball can be sent to the inside of the ball receiving portion 467 by causing the ball receiving portion 467 to perform a ball receiving operation.

  The opening operation of the third electric auditors product 82a for keeping the game balls stored in the distribution unit 500 is performed before the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the first position, and the ball receiving portion 467 is the first. When displaced to the position, the third electric accessory 82a is closed. As a result, when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the storage position to the regulation position, the flow of the game balls passing through the first ball sending route KR1 is not regulated by the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542, and the unintended game balls are It is possible to prevent the ball from being delivered to the downstream side of the 3-ball delivery route KR3.

  Further, since the distribution member 540 is formed to be operable in association with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, the distribution of the game ball to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 is regulated according to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. Or acceptable. That is, it is possible to switch the regulation or allowance of the sending of the game ball mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, for example, the distribution member according to the detection result of the sensor that detects the position of the distribution member 540. It is possible to eliminate the need to control the driving unit or each unit for driving the sorting member 540 in accordance with the detection result of 540, thereby reducing the product cost and improving the operation reliability. Can be planned.

  Furthermore, the distribution member 540 sends the game ball T2 to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 in conjunction with the ball receiving portion 467 being displaced from the second position in the first position direction (second direction). Therefore, it is possible to reliably send the game ball to the track receiving area of the ball receiving portion 467 and to the area on the first direction side of the ball receiving portion 467.

  Further, the ball receiving portion 467 is formed so as to be displaceable between a switching position for switching the sorting member 540 and a receiving position (second position) set to a position different from the switching position (first position), and the ball receiving portion 467 is provided. When the part 467 is displaced to the switching position, the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the third ball sending route KR3, and when the ball receiving part 467 is displaced to the receiving position, the ball receiving part is moved from the third ball sending route. Since 467 is made to be able to receive game balls and the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the second ball sending route KR2, the specified number (1 ball in this embodiment) at which the ball receiving section 467 can receive balls is set. It is possible to prevent the exceeded game balls from being distributed to the third ball sending route KR3.

  That is, when the switching position and the receiving position are set to the same position, the ball receiving portion 467 receives the game ball while the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the third ball sending route, There is a risk that the game balls will be distributed to the third ball sending route KR3 in excess of the prescribed number that the ball receiving portion 467 can receive. If a means for restricting the inflow of game balls into the third ball-sending route KR3 is additionally provided, the structure becomes complicated and the reliability is lowered, and the product cost is increased.

  On the other hand, in the embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the switching position, and after the specified number (1 ball in the present embodiment) of the game balls are distributed to the third ball sending route KR3, the distribution member 540 is at the receiving position. When it is displaced to, the distribution destination is switched to the second ball-sending route KR2, so that it is possible to prevent more than one game ball from flowing down to the third ball-sending route. Therefore, the ball receiving unit 467 can prevent the game balls exceeding the receivable specified number (1 ball) from being distributed to the third ball sending route KR3. Further, since it is not necessary to separately provide the above-mentioned means (means for restricting the inflow of the game sphere into the third ball sending route KR3), it is possible to improve the reliability and reduce the product cost.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 is started from the position where the power of each operation unit is turned off (turned off) when the power is turned on (turned on). Further, only the control of the pachinko machine 10 may be reset when the power is turned off. In that case, when the distribution member 540 is provided with a driving means, when the power is turned on, the distribution unit 500 in the storage state operates at the time of the initial operation to allow the game ball to flow down to the third ball sending route KR3, The game ball may be sent to the retract side (first position side) of the ball receiving portion 467 arranged at the third position.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the displacement of the distribution member 540 and the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 are synchronized, even if the pachinko machine 10 is turned off in a state where the pachinko machine 10 is not at the predetermined reference position, the pachinko machine is turned off. When the power of the machine 10 is turned on, it is possible to prevent unintended game balls from being sent to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball from clogging inside the lower displacement member 440.

  Furthermore, when the power supply is turned off in the state where the game ball is left in the track area of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving section 467 is left in the track area of the ball receiving section 467 by performing the above-described discharging operation. The game ball can be discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 and collected from the collection port 411f.

  Next, a description will be given with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50. As shown in FIGS. 49 and 50, the state in which the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 are arranged in the second position or the third position (a position other than the first position). In this state, as described above, the rack 466 for driving the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the substantially center position of the lower displacement member 440 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 49), and the movable rack 464 is arranged in the lower displacement member 440. From the other end side (the left side in the left-right direction in FIG. 49) of the other side, it is arranged at a position movable to one side.

  Therefore, the contact plate 464c formed on the movable rack 464 is arranged at a position separated from the end portion on the other end side of the lower displacement member 4440 to the one end side. In this case, the surface of the contact plate 464c on the other end side (the surface on the left side in front view) is separated from the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540. As a result, the distribution member 540 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 545 by the urging force of the urging spring SP4 provided between the distribution member 540 and the base plate 520, and the storage plate 542 is delivered to the third ball. It is displaced to a position (storage position) projected on the route KR3.

  Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is located at the second position or the third position (positions other than the first position), the first ball feeding path of the distribution unit 500. The ball sent to KR1 is stopped above the storage plate 542. Further, as described above, when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state, the ball delivered to the first ball delivery route KR1 collides with the ball stopped above the storage plate 542 and is delivered to the second ball delivery route KR2. ..

  Next, a description will be given with reference to FIGS. 51 and 52. As shown in FIGS. 51 and 52, when the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first overhanging state or the second overhanging state, the lower displacing member 440 slides with respect to the front base 411 as described above. It is displaced and rotationally displaced. Therefore, the contact plate 464c formed on the movable rack 464 is displaced along with the displacement of the lower displacement member 440, and is in a state of being separated from the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540. As a result, the distribution member 540 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 545 by the urging force of the urging spring SP4 provided between the distribution member 540 and the base plate 520, and the storage plate 542 is delivered to the third ball. It is displaced to a position (storage position) projected on the route KR3.

  Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is brought into the first overhang state or the second overhang state, the ball delivered to the first ball delivery path KR1 of the sorting unit 500 is stopped above the storage plate 542. To be done. Further, as described above, when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state, the ball delivered to the first ball delivery route KR1 collides with the ball stopped above the storage plate 542 and is delivered to the second ball delivery route KR2. ..

  That is, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first overhanging state and the second overhanging state (states other than the retracted state), the opening 451a of the decorative member 450 is displaced along with the displacement of the lower displacing member 440. Since the position is displaced, the communication state of the sphere between the opening 451a and the opening 525a of the distribution unit 500 is released. Therefore, when the sphere flows down into the third ball delivery path KR3, the sphere may be discharged into the rear case 300 from the opening 451a. However, in the present embodiment, the distribution member 540 is set to the storage position to cause the third ball to be delivered. It is possible to prevent the sphere from flowing down to the downstream side of the route KR3. As a result, the balls of the rear case 300 can be prevented from being discharged inside.

  In other words, the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 is formed to be displaceable in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, and when the displaced member 440 in the retracted state is positioned, Since the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed in the lower displacement member 440, the mode in which the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced with the lower displacement member 440 arranged in the retracted state and the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged in the first or second overhang state It is possible to form a mode in which the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced. Therefore, the effect can be enhanced accordingly.

  In this case, in the state where the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first or second overhang state, the ball receiving portion 467 cannot receive the game ball from the rolling portion 525 of the third ball sending route KR3 (the third ball sending route KR3. When the rolling portion 525 and the opening 451a of the lower displacing member 440 are in non-communication state), in such a state, the contact plate 464c interlocking with the ball receiving portion 467 cannot contact the distributing member 540. Therefore, in the state where the ball receiving portion 467 cannot receive the game ball (the state where the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first overhang state or the second overhang state), the sorting destination by the sorting member 540 is the third ball sending route. It is possible to suppress switching to KR3.

  Further, since the distribution member 540 is disposed on the base plate 520 of the distribution unit 500 that is formed as a separate member from the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440, the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 becomes larger accordingly. Can be suppressed.

  Here, since the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 from the first overhang state to the retracted state is not only rotational displacement in the left-right direction but also rotational displacement, when the contact plate 464c in the tilted state is rotationally displaced. The projection 543 of the distribution member 540 may come into contact with the upper surface of the contact plate 464c, and the distribution member 540 may not be rotationally displaced.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the first extended position shown in FIG. 51 to the retracted state, the ball receiving portion 467 is placed at a position other than the first position. It is in a state of being displaced to (the second position or the third position). As a result, it is possible to suppress the contact plate 464c of the displacement member 440 that is displaced in the retracted state from colliding with the protrusion 543. As a result, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540 from contacting the upper surface of the contact plate 464c and preventing the distribution member 540 from being rotationally displaced.

  In addition, since the bulging portion 543a is formed in the distributing member 540 as described above, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the first overhang state to the retracted state due to poor control or the like, the contact plate 464c is not moved. Even when the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540 contacts the upper surface, the distribution member 540 can be rotationally displaced.

  That is, since the contact area with the contact plate 464c can be reduced by the bulged portion 543a, the bulged portion 543a can be easily slid along the surface when the contact plate 464c abuts. Therefore, the distribution member 540 can be easily rotationally displaced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540 from contacting the upper surface of the contact plate 464c and preventing the distribution member 540 from being rotationally displaced.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 53 to 56, the configuration of the drive transmission portion of the rotation unit 700 will be described. 53 is a front view of the rotary unit 700, FIG. 54 is a rear view of the rotary unit 700, FIG. 55 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotary unit 700, and FIG. 56 is an exploded view of the rotary unit 700. It is a rear perspective view.

  As shown in FIGS. 53 to 56, the rotation unit 700 includes a decoration unit 750 including a plurality of displacement members, a ball pedestal 710 disposed above the decoration unit 750 in the gravity direction, and the ball pedestal. 710 and the rear base 720 arranged on the rear side of the decoration unit 750, the left transmission member 730 arranged on the left side of the decoration unit 750 in front view, and the right transmission member arranged on the right side of the decoration unit 750 in front view. 740 and the like.

  The ball pedestal 710 is a member for dropping the game ball emitted from the emission opening 471 on one side of the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 described above. As a result, the ball sent inside the lower displacement member 440 can be sent to the rotary unit 700. The detailed structure of the ball pedestal 710 will be described later.

  The decoration unit 750 is a substantially D-shaped block body in which a curved portion is arranged upward in a side view, and a character or a pattern is decorated on the front side. Further, the decoration unit 750 is composed of a plurality of members, and is configured to be displaceable by transmission of drive described below. The configuration of the decoration unit 750 will be described later.

  The back base 720 is a plate member that connects the back side of the ball pedestal 710 and the back side of the decoration unit 750, and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape in front view. As described above, since the decoration unit 750 is composed of a plurality of movable members, the fastening portion thereof is limited. Therefore, the decoration unit 750 and the ball pedestal 710 are located on the rear side of the position where the player cannot see the decoration unit 750. By connecting and, it is possible to assemble the decoration unit 750 and the ball pedestal 710 as one unit while ensuring the movable range of the decoration unit 750.

  The left transmission member 730 is attached with the drive motor KM4 disposed on the left side surface (left side in FIG. 53) of the decoration unit 750, the transmission member 730 that transmits the driving force of the drive motor KM4, and the drive motor KM4. A motor base 732, a gear cover 733 that covers the transmission member 730, and a ball feeding path cover 734 that is attached to the gear cover 733 and that forms a predetermined gap between the gear cover 733 and the gear cover 733 are formed. It

  The drive motor KM4 is a drive source for moving each member of the decoration unit 750 described later. The drive of the drive motor KM4 is transmitted by a transmission member 730 described later.

  The transmission member 730 includes a transmission gear 731a attached to the shaft of the drive motor KM4, a transmission gear 731b meshed with the transmission gear 731a, a transmission gear 731c meshed with the transmission gear 731b, and the transmission gear 731c. And a load gear 731e meshed with the transmission gear 731d and arranged coaxially with the shaft 735.

  The transmission gear 731a is attached to the drive motor KM4 as described above, and rotates when the drive motor KM4 is rotationally driven.

  The transmission gear 731b has the one-way clutch OW1 disposed therein, and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is connected to the shaft portion JB1 that transmits the rotational driving force to the right transmission member 740 on the right side of the decoration unit 750.

  The one-way clutch OW1 includes an inner ring that is arranged on the inner side and has a cam surface on the outer peripheral surface, an outer ring that is arranged outside the inner ring, and a plurality of springs and rollers between the inner ring and the outer ring. When the outer ring tries to rotate in one direction with respect to the inner ring, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller increases, which acts as resistance and transmits power to the inner ring, and the outer ring moves in the other direction with respect to the inner ring. When rotated to, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller is reduced, and the cam type clutch slips to disconnect power transmission.

  Therefore, the transmission gear 731b can transmit the rotational driving force to the shaft portion JB1 when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, and the driving force in the other direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4. The outer ring slides with respect to the inner ring, and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft portion JB1 is interrupted.

  The one-way clutch OW1 is disposed inside the transmission gear 731c, similarly to the transmission gear 731b. Further, a shaft 735 is arranged inside the one-way clutch OW1 of the transmission gear 731c.

  Therefore, the transmission gear 731c can transmit the rotational driving force to the shaft 735 when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, and the inner gear when the driving force in the other direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4. On the other hand, the outer ring slides and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft 735 is interrupted. Further, the transmission gear 731c is meshed with the transmission gear 731b, and their rotation directions are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction, the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the other direction. On the other hand, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the other direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the one direction. That is, by switching the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, the shaft JB1 is rotated or the shaft 735 is rotated.

  The transmission gear 731d is attached to the shaft 735. As described above, the shaft 735 is rotated only when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in one direction. Therefore, the transmission gear 731c rotates in one direction only when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in one direction, and the rotation in the other direction is not rotated.

  The load gear 731e is connected to the shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 whose shaft hole is attached to the box member 760. The resistance member 791 is formed to include a shaft portion 791a rotatable with respect to a base portion fastened to the box member 760. The resistance member 791 is formed so that a predetermined amount of resistance acts when the shaft portion 791a rotates with respect to the base portion. That is, since a predetermined amount of force is required to rotate the shaft portion 791a, the force for rotating the load gear 731e connected to the shaft portion 791a is also required to be a predetermined amount or more.

  Accordingly, when the rotating body 800 meshed with the transmission gear 731d is rotated and stopped by the rotation of the transmission gear 731d, the rotation body 800 can be prevented from rotating due to its inertial force. That is, the resistance when the shaft portion 791a rotates with respect to the base portion is set to be larger than the inertial force acting around the axis of the rotating body 800 when the rotation of the rotating body 800 is stopped.

  Further, the load gear 731e is connected to a transmission gear 731d that is arranged coaxially with the transmission gear 731c. Therefore, the resistance of the load gear 731e applied to the drive motor KM4 can be limited to rotation in one direction in which the transmission gear 731d is rotated. That is, when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the other direction, the drive transmission between the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731d is cut off, so that the resistance of the load gear 731e can be suppressed. As a result, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction, it is possible to suppress the action of the resistance of the load gear 731e.

  The motor base 732 is formed in a box-shaped body that is open on the decorative unit 750 side, and the drive motor KM4 is arranged outside the bottom of the box (left side in FIG. 53) with its shaft inserted inside the box. Accordingly, the transmission gear 731a connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM4 can be arranged inside the motor base 732. That is, the depth dimension of the box of the motor base 732 is set larger than the width dimension of the transmission gear 731a. As a result, it is possible to dispose the drive motor KM4 and the transmission gear 731a on the motor base 732 in the decorative unit 750, and it is possible to suppress the transmission gear 731a from colliding with the decorative unit 750.

  The gear cover 733 is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from the rear, and is fastened to the decoration unit 750 with the left transmission member 730 disposed therebetween. Further, a through hole 733a is formed through the decoration unit 750 at a position facing a shaft hole of the rotating body 800 described later. As a result, the balls rolling inside the rotating body 800 can be discharged outward through the through holes 733a. The description of the spheres sent to the rotary body 800 will be given later.

  The ball feeding path cover 734 is a member arranged outside the gear cover 733 (on the left side in FIG. 53), is formed of a plate-like body, and has a wall portion standing upright from the edge portion thereof toward the gear cover 733. Accordingly, a gap can be formed between the gear cover 733 and the ball feeding path cover 734, and the ball inserted through the through hole 733a of the gear cover 733 can be inserted through the gap and discharged to the outside of the rotary unit 700. You can The balls discharged from the gap between the gear cover 733 and the ball-sending path cover facing each other are sent to a collecting path (not shown) and collected.

  The right transmission member 740 covers the rotating member 741 connected to the other end of the shaft portion JB1, the arm member 742 having one end connected to the rotating member 741, and the rotating member 741 and the arm member 742. The crank cover 743 disposed in the decoration unit 750 in this state is mainly provided and formed.

  The rotating member 741 includes a main body portion 741b formed in a disk-like plate shape, a one-way clutch OW1 fitted on the shaft of the main body portion 741b, and a columnar shape protruding to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 53) of the decoration unit 750. The protrusion 741a is mainly provided and formed.

  In the one-way clutch OW1 attached to the rotating member 741, the shaft hole of the inner ring is inserted into the other end side of the shaft portion JB. Further, the one-way clutch OW1 is arranged so that the inner ring and the outer ring are not transmitted when a rotation opposite to the rotation direction of the shaft portion JB1 is input to the inner ring.

  As a result, when a driving force having a rotational speed higher than the rotational speed transmitted from the shaft portion JB1 to the rotating member 741 is input to the outer wheel of the one-way clutch OW1, only the outer wheel is rotated and the rotating member 741 is driven by the drive motor KM4. It can be rotated by a driving force other than driving. As a result, the rotating member 741 can be rotated two or more times at different speeds.

  The arm member 742 has a shape combining a C-shape and an I-shape in a side view, and is formed by connecting one end of the C-shape to the other end of the I-shape. Further, the arm member 742 has a shaft hole 742a penetratingly formed in a connecting portion between the C-shaped portion and the I-shaped portion, an elliptical first sliding groove 742b penetratingly formed in one end of the I-shaped portion, and C It is mainly provided with an elliptical second sliding groove 742c penetratingly formed at the other end of the character portion.

  The shaft hole 742a is a hole into which a shaft portion 764a formed on the right side surface plate 764 of the box member 760 to be described later is inserted, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 764a. Therefore, since the arm portion 742 is disposed in the decoration unit 750 by inserting the shaft portion 764a into the shaft hole 742a, the arm member 742 is rotatable with respect to the decoration unit 750.

  The first sliding groove 742b is a hole into which the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is inserted, and the width dimension in the lateral direction formed in an ellipse is set to be larger than the outer diameter of the protrusion 741a. Therefore, the protrusion 741a can be inserted inside the first sliding groove 742b, and the arm member 742 can be rotationally displaced by the rotation of the rotating member 741.

  Further, the rotating member 741 is formed such that the outer diameter thereof is smaller than the longitudinal dimension of the I-shaped portion of the arm member 742, and the shaft has a distance from the axial hole 742a of the arm member 742 to half the longitudinal dimension of the I-shaped portion. It is arranged at a position more distant from. As a result, by rotating the rotating member 741, the arm member 742 can be caused to reciprocate in rotation about the axis of the shaft hole 742a.

  The second sliding groove 742c is a hole into which a protrusion 773a of the right lid 773, which will be described later, is inserted, and the width dimension in the lateral direction formed in an ellipse is set to be larger than the outer diameter of the protrusion 773a. Therefore, the protrusion 773a can be inserted inside the second sliding groove 742c. The right lid 773 is formed so as to be rotationally displaceable with respect to the box member 760. Therefore, as described above, the rotating member 741 is rotated, and the arm member 742 reciprocates to rotate, thereby rotating the right lid 773 connected to the other end of the arm member 742 with respect to the box member 760. be able to.

  The crank cover 743 is mainly provided with an elliptical portion 743a formed in an ellipse when viewed from the rear and a ball feeding portion 743b formed continuously with the rear surface side of the elliptical portion 743a.

  The elliptical portion 743a is a cover that covers the arm member 742, and the outer shape in side view is formed to be larger than the displacement region of the arm member 742 and the arm member 742, and the arm member 742 from the edge portion to the decoration unit 750 side. Is formed to project more than the thickness of the wall. Thereby, when the crank cover 743 is arranged in the decoration unit 750, the arm member 742 can be arranged between the crank cover 743 and the decoration unit 750.

  The ball sending unit 743b is a route member for sending the ball to the collection route when the ball flowing down in the flow-down area in front of the game board 13 is collected from the predetermined collection port, and has a predetermined size inside. It is formed in the shape of a rod with a space. Further, the ball sending part 743b has an upper end opened and connected to the recovery port of the game board 13, and a lower end connected to an opening formed in the decoration unit 750. As a result, the balls collected on the game board 13 can be guided to a collection path (not shown) through the interior of the decoration unit 750 via the ball sending unit 743b.

  Next, the decoration unit 750 will be described with reference to FIGS. 57 to 61. FIG. 57 is a front view of the decoration unit 750. 58A is a side view of the decoration unit 750 as viewed in the direction of arrow LVIIIa in FIG. 57, and FIG. 58B is a side view of the decoration unit 750 as viewed in the direction of arrow LVIIIb in FIG. 57. 59 is an exploded perspective front view of the decoration unit 750, and FIG. 60 is an exploded perspective rear view of the decoration unit 750. 57 (b) and 57 (c) show a state in which the right side plate 764 and the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 are seen transparently.

  As shown in FIGS. 57 to 60, the decoration unit 750 includes a box member 760, which is a decoration portion on the outside of the decoration unit 750, and a lid arranged on the upper side in the gravity direction of the box member 760 (upper side in FIG. 57A). A member 770 and a rotating body 800 arranged inside the box member 760 and the lid member 770 are mainly provided and formed.

  The box member 760 includes a base member 762 arranged below the rotating body 800, a front plate 761 arranged in front of the base member 762, a bottom plate 763 arranged on the bottom surface of the base member 762, It is mainly provided with a right side surface plate 764 arranged on the right side of the base member 762 in front view and a left side surface plate 765 arranged on the left side of the base member 762 in front view.

  The base member 762 is formed in a rectangular laterally longer shape than the rotating body 800 in a top view, and is formed to have a thickness larger than the outer diameter of the sphere in the gravity direction. The upper surface of the base member 762 is formed in a curved surface coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800. Thereby, when the base member 762 is arranged in the vicinity of the rotating body 800, the collision between the base member 762 and the rotating body 800 can be suppressed.

  The base member 762 is mainly provided with a recess 762a that is recessed downward on the upper surface in the left-right direction, and a ball delivery portion 762b that is recessed in a substantially L shape on the bottom surface.

  The recess 762a is a groove in which the shaft JB1 described above is disposed, and is recessed on the shaft of the transmission gear 731b disposed on the side surface of the decoration unit 750. Accordingly, the driving force of the drive motor KM4 can be transmitted via the shaft portion JB1.

  The ball sending part 762b is bent in an L shape on the bottom surface and is recessed. One end side is connected to the opening 764b of the right side surface plate 764, and the other end side is the rear surface side of the winning opening 761a of the front surface plate 761. Connected to. In addition, the recessed width of the ball feeding portion 762b is formed to be larger than the diameter of the sphere. As a result, the lower surface plate 763 is disposed on the lower side, so that it is possible to send a ball into the box member 760.

  The front plate 761 is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed with a predetermined thickness on the back side. In addition, the front plate 761 has a winning opening 761a having a size into which a ball can be inserted on the front side. The winning opening 761a is connected to the ball feeding portion 762b of the base member 762 arranged on the back surface side as described above. Therefore, the ball sent to the inside of the winning opening 761a is sent to the ball sending portion 762b of the base member 762.

  The right side plate 764 is formed in a D-shape whose outer shape in a side view is curved upward. Further, the right side plate 764 has a shaft portion 764a protruding to the outside of the decoration unit 750, a bearing portion 764c penetratingly formed below the shaft portion 764a, and a curved shape of the same shaft as the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800. A curved opening 764d that is formed in a circular shape, an opening 764b that opens at a position facing the lower end of the ball feeding portion 762b of the crank cover 743, and a semicircular shape that penetrates through the axis of the rotating shaft of the rotating body 800 in a side view. The engaging portion 764e is mainly provided and formed.

  The opening 764b is a hole for allowing the ball sent from the ball sending portion of the crank cover 743 to be sent to the base member 762, and is formed larger than the outer diameter of the ball. As a result, the ball sent to the crank cover 743 can be sent to the base member 762.

  The bearing portion 764c is a hole into which the shaft portion JB1 described above is inserted, and is formed to have an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion JB1. As a result, the driving force can be transmitted to the right transmission member 740 described above.

  The curved opening 764d is an opening into which the protrusion 773a protruding from the right side lid 773 is inserted. The curved opening 764d is formed in an arc shape coaxial with the rotation axis of the lid member 770 because the lid member 770 is rotationally displaced. This can prevent the protrusion 773a from colliding with the curved opening 764d when the lid member 770 is rotationally displaced.

  The engaging portion 764e is a member that engages with an end portion of the base plate 810 disposed inside the rotating body 800 on the right side in a front view and holds the base plate 810 in a non-rotatable manner. That is, the front end portion 811a of the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810 is inserted and arranged in the engaging portion 764e. As a result, the base plate 810 cannot be rotated.

  The outer shape of the left side plate 765 is substantially the same as that of the right side plate 764 in a side view. Further, the left side surface plate 765 has a through hole 765 a penetratingly formed on the shaft of the rotating body 800, a shaft portion 765 b protruding toward the rotating body 800 side, and a through hole into which the shaft portion 791 a of the resistance member 791 is inserted. The hole 765c is mainly provided and formed.

  The through hole 765a is an opening for inserting the ball discharged from the opening on the left side in the front view of the rotating body 800 into the through hole 733a of the motor base 732. That is, the through hole 765a is formed on the shaft of the rotating body 800, and the inner diameter of the through hole 765a is set to be the same as the inner diameter of the opening of the rotating body 800 on the front view left side.

  The shaft portion 765b can be inserted into a shaft hole 781 formed in a rotation restricting member 780 described later to hold the rotation restricting member 780 in a rotatable state. The displacement of the rotation restricting member 780 will be described later.

  The through hole 765c is a hole through which the shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 is inserted as described above, and is formed at a position facing the side surface of the load gear 731e described above.

  The lower surface plate 763 is a plate member that is disposed on the lower surface of the base member 762 to form a ball sending path through which the ball can pass, with the ball sending portion 762b of the base member 762 and the lower surface plate 763. Further, the lower surface plate 763 is formed with an opening 763a penetrating in the vertical direction. The opening 763a is an opening for sending a ball sent inside the ball sending portion 762b to a recovery path (not shown). Therefore, the ball that has won the winning opening 761a of the front plate 761 and the game area can be sent to the ball sending portion 743b of the right transmission member 740 and discharged from the interior of the decoration unit 750.

  The lid member 770 includes a curved lid portion 771 formed in a curved shape coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800, a right lid portion 773 fastened to a side surface of the curved lid portion 771 on the right side in a front view, and a curved lid portion 771. It is mainly provided with the left side lid part 772 fastened to the side surface on the left side of the front view.

  As described above, the curved lid portion 771 has an outer shape in a side view formed in a curved shape coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800 and has a radius larger than that of the rotating body 800. The curved lid portion 771 includes a transparent portion 771a formed of a transparent plate on a part of the front surface side.

  The transparent portion 771a is a plate that allows the player to visually recognize the pattern and characters drawn on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 from the player. That is, the player can view the display of the rotating body 800 through the transparent portion 771a even if the rotating body 800 is covered with the lid member 770 at the upper end side.

  The right lid 773 is formed in a ring shape in a side view, and the radius outside the ring is set to be substantially the same as the radius of the curved lid 771. Further, the inner diameter of the right lid 773 is formed to be larger than the outer size of the right end 811 of the rotating body 800 in a side view. As a result, the right lid 773 is arranged with the right end portion 811 of the rotating body 800 inserted through the annular inner portion.

  Further, the right side lid 773 is mainly provided with a protrusion 773a protruding to the outside (right side in front view) of the decoration unit 750 and a recess 773b recessed radially inward at the outer peripheral edge. .. As described above, the protrusion 773a is a protrusion that is inserted into the decoration unit 750 second sliding groove 742c of the arm member 742.

  The recess 773b can rotate the opening / closing member 870 by inserting a protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 described later. Therefore, the recessed width of the recess 773b is set to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion 871. Further, the recess 773b is formed at a position substantially opposite to the edge of the right lid 773 where the curved lid 771 is arranged.

  The left lid portion 772 is formed in an annular shape in a side view, and the radius outside the annular shape is set to be substantially the same as the radius of the curved lid portion 771. Further, the inner diameter of the left lid portion 772 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the tooth surface 881a of the left rotation portion 880, which will be described later. As a result, the left lid portion 772 is arranged in a state where the left rotation portion 880 of the rotation body 800 is inserted into the annular inner portion.

  Further, the left lid portion 772 is formed with a sensor plate 772a in the form of a plate that projects to the outside of the decoration unit 750 (left side in front view). The sensor plate 772a can detect the position of the left-side lid portion 772 by being disposed between two not-shown bifurcated sensors.

  Here, the lid member 770 for the rotating body 800 will be described. The arrangement of the lid member 770 in the state where the rotating body 800 is assembled is the state in which the left and right ends of the rotating body 800 are inserted inside the right side lid portion 773 and the left side lid portion 772 before the assembly (separate member). To do. Then, the rotating body 800 and the lid member 770 are connected by assembling the right lid portion 773, the left lid portion 772, and the curved lid portion 771. Therefore, the lid member 770 is rotatable about the axis of the rotating body 800 with respect to the rotating body.

  The rotation restricting member 780 is formed by bending in a side view substantially L-shape. The rotation restricting member 780 is mainly provided with a shaft hole 781 that penetrates the bent portion, a protrusion 782 that projects in the bending direction at one end, and a contact surface 783 that is flatly formed at the tip at the other end. To be done.

  The shaft portion 765b of the left side surface plate 765 is inserted into the shaft hole 781 as described above. Accordingly, the rotation restricting member 780 is rotatably held with respect to the left side surface plate 765. A biasing spring SP5 is inserted in the shaft portion. As a result, a rotation force in one direction is applied to the rotation restricting member 780.

  The protrusion 782 can restrict the rotational displacement of the rotating body 800 by engaging with the engaging protrusion 882 of the left rotation portion 880 described later. The contact surface 783 is a surface with which the end portion on the back surface side of the lid member 770 mentioned above comes into contact, and by contacting the lid member 770, the rotation restricting member 780 can be rotated. Note that the regulation mode between the rotation regulating member 780 and the rotating body 800 will be described later.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 61 to 62, the transmission path of the driving force when the driving motor KM4 is rotated will be described. 61 (a) and 62 (a) are the rotation unit 700 in the direction of the arrow LVa in FIG. 55, and FIGS. 61 (b) and 62 (b) are the rotation unit 700 in the direction of the arrow LVb in FIG. 55. is there.

  Note that, in FIG. 61, the displacement direction of each member when the shaft of the drive motor KM4 is rotated in the positive direction (clockwise) is illustrated by a two-dot chain line. In FIG. 62, the displacement direction of each member when the shaft of the drive motor KM4 is rotated in the negative direction (counterclockwise) is shown by a chain double-dashed line.

  As shown in FIGS. 61A and 61B, when the drive motor KM4 is driven in the positive direction, the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the positive direction. When the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the positive direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the negative direction and the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the positive direction.

  In this case, in the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731b, the rotation of the outer wheel is not transmitted to the inner ring, and the shaft portion JB1 is not rotated. Therefore, the driving force is not transmitted to the rotating member 741 connected to the shaft portion JB1, and the arm member 742 is stopped.

  On the other hand, the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731 is brought into a state of transmitting the rotation of the outer wheel to the inner wheel, and the shaft 735 is rotated. Therefore, the transmission gear 731d connected to the shaft 735 is rotated. As a result, the load gear 731e meshed with the transmission gear 731d and the tooth surface 881a of the rotating body 800 are rotated. That is, when the drive motor KM4 rotates forward, the driving force to the lid member 770 is not transmitted and the driving force to the rotating body 800 is transmitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 62A and 62B, when the drive motor KM4 is driven in the negative direction, the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the negative direction. When the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the negative direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the positive direction and the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the negative direction.

  In this case, the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731b is brought into a state of transmitting the rotation of the outer wheel to the inner wheel, and the shaft portion JB1 is rotated. Therefore, the driving force is transmitted to the rotating member 741 connected to the shaft portion JB1, and the rotating member 741 is rotated. As a result, the arm member 742 makes a reciprocating movement about the axis of the shaft hole 742a, and the lid member 770 is displaced.

  On the other hand, in the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731, the rotation of the outer wheel is not transmitted to the inner wheel, and the shaft 735 is not rotated. Therefore, the driving force is not transmitted to the transmission gear 731d connected to the shaft 735, and the rotating body 800 and the load gear 731e are in the non-rotating state. That is, when the drive motor KM4 rotates in the negative direction, the drive force to the lid member 770 is transmitted and the drive force to the rotating body 800 is not transmitted.

  Therefore, the transmission gear 731c (rotation side driving means) that transmits the driving force from the drive motor KM4 to the rotating body 800 and the transmission gear 731b (displacement side transmission means) that transmits to the opening / closing member 870 described later via the lid member 770. By arranging the one-way clutch OW1 in and, the rotational force thereof can be transmitted to one of the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731b and cut off from the other in accordance with the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4. .. As a result, it is possible to switch the drive target driven by the rotational driving force only by switching the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, that is, the rotation of the rotating body 800 and the rotation thereof according to the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4. It is possible to switch between stop and displacement of the opening / closing member 870 and stop thereof, and it is possible to form a plurality of modes and simplify the structure.

  Here, in the structure in which the one-way clutch OW1 is used to switch the drive target (rotating body 800 or opening / closing member 870 (cover member 770) according to the rotation direction of the driving means, the transmission of the driving force from the drive motor KM4 is performed. When the power is cut off, it is allowed to rotate or displace in the direction driven by the driving force, so that the driving target of the driving means is switched from the rotating body 800 to the opening / closing member 870 (lid member 770), for example. When the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, the rotating body 800 may be in a rotatable state and may continue to rotate (rotate) due to the inertial force.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the load gear 731e (load gear) meshed with the transmission gear 731d driven by the transmission gear 731c is provided, the transmission of the rotational driving force from the drive motor KM4 is interrupted. Even when the load gear 731e is rotated, the load (resistance) can be used to prevent the rotation of the rotating body 800 from continuing.

  Next, the displacement of the lid member 770 will be described with reference to FIGS. 63 and 64. 63 (a) and 64 (c) in a closed state, FIGS. 63 (b) and 64 (b) in an intermediate state, and FIGS. 63 (c) and 64 (a) in an open state. It is a side view of a decoration unit 750 and a right transmission member 740.

  63 (a) to 63 (c) and 64 (a) to 64 (c), the crank cover 743 of the right transmission member 740 is removed. Further, the closed state of the decoration unit 750 is a state in which the lid member 770 covers the half surface above the rotating body 800 (upper side in FIG. 63 (a)), and the open state is the state in which the lid member 770 is rotated. It is in a state of being displaced and arranged on the back surface side (right side in FIG. 63 (c)) of the rotating body 800. The intermediate state is a state in which the lid member 770 is arranged at a position between the closed state and the open state.

  Further, in FIGS. 63 (a) to 63 (c), the states displaced from the closed state to the open state are illustrated in order, and in FIGS. 64 (a) to 64 (c), the state displaced from the open state to the closed state. The states to be performed are illustrated in order.

  First, the displacement of the lid member 770 when displaced from the closed state to the open state will be described with reference to FIG. 63. The transmission of the driving force to the arm member 742 is performed by rotating the drive motor KM4 in the negative direction as described above.

  In the closed state, the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is arranged on the back side (right side in FIG. 63 (a)) of the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742. Therefore, in the arm member 742, the first sliding groove 742b into which the protrusion 741a is inserted is arranged on the back side of the shaft hole 742a.

  The shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742, the first sliding groove 742b, and the second sliding groove 742c are formed on substantially the same straight line. Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the end portion on the opposite side of the first sliding groove 742b is placed on the front side (left side in FIG. 63 (a)) of the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773a protruding to the right side surface of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is placed above the rotating body 800.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 63 (b), when the rotating member 741 is rotated by approximately 90 degrees to position the protrusion 741a below the axis of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742b of the arm member 742 is removed. With the displacement of the protrusion 741a, the protrusion 741a is displaced downward in the gravity direction of the shaft hole 742a (lower side in FIG. 63 (b)).

  Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the end portion on the opposite side of the first sliding groove 742b is placed on the upper side in the gravity direction of the shaft hole 742a (upper side in FIG. 63 (b)). As a result, the projection 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is placed in a position where the curved lid portion 771 is rotationally displaced to the back side of the rotating body 800. ..

  In this case, the position of the center of gravity of the lid member 770 is arranged on the back side with respect to the rotation axis of the lid member 770 (the central position of the cylindrical rotating body 800). Therefore, the load of the lid member 770 exerts a rotational force in a direction in which the lid member 770 is displaced from the closed state to the open state. As described above, in the rotating member 741, the one-way clutch OW1 is arranged, and the outer ring is configured to be rotatable ahead of the inner ring, so that the drive motor KM4 is stopped by the load of the lid member 770. Then, the lid member 770 can be continuously rotated.

  As shown in FIG. 63 (c), when the lid member 770 is displaced to the back side of the rotating body, the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is stopped at a position rotated approximately 90 degrees from the intermediate position. That is, it is the leftmost (left side in FIG. 63) end of the displacement area of the protrusion 741a. Therefore, the rotation of the arm member 742 is restricted, and the rotation of the lid member 770 is stopped.

  That is, the displacement of the lid member 770 from the closed state to the open state is performed by the operation of driving the drive motor KM4 to displace it to the intermediate state and the operation of dropping the lid member 770 under the load.

  As a result, when displacing the lid member 770 from the closed state to the open state, the section in which the drive motor KM4 is driven can be halved of the entire section, so that the energy consumption of the drive motor KM4 can be reduced.

  Further, the displacement speed from the closed state to the intermediate state can be set to a mode according to the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4, and the displacement speed from the intermediate state to the open state can be set to a mode according to the load of the lid member 770. The displacement speed from the closed state to the open state can be changed in two steps. Therefore, since the displacement speed of the lid member 770 can be changed without changing the displacement speed of the drive motor KM4, it is not necessary to complicate the control. As a result, the control can be simplified and the occurrence of control failure can be suppressed.

  A displacement section in which the lid member 770 follows the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4 is referred to as a first section, a displacement section in which the lid member 770 follows the load of the lid member 770 is referred to as a second section, and the first section has a symbol DK1. The second section will be described with the reference numeral DK2.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 64, the displacement of the lid member 770 when displaced from the open state to the closed state will be described.

  As described above, in the opened state, the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is arranged on the front side (left side in FIG. 64 (a)) of the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742, and the curved lid of the lid member 770 is opened. The portion 771 is placed on the back side of the rotating body 800.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 64 (b), when the rotation member 741 is rotated approximately 90 degrees and the protrusion 741 a is positioned above the axis of the rotation member 741, the first sliding groove 742 b of the arm member 742 is removed. With the displacement of the protrusion 741a, the shaft hole 742a is displaced downward in the direction of gravity (downward in FIG. 64B).

  Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the end portion on the opposite side of the first sliding groove 742b is placed above the shaft hole 742a in the direction of gravity (upper side in FIG. 64 (b)). As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c and rotationally displaced approximately 45 degrees upward from the state in which the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is located on the back side of the rotating body 800. It is in a state of being placed in the position where it was made.

  Further, the lid member 770 displaced to the closed position (the position of FIG. 63 (a)) is arranged in the game area (the front side of the game board 13), and the open position (FIG. 63 (c)). The lid member 770 displaced to the position () is arranged outside the game area (on the back side of the game board 13). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the game area from colliding with the rotating body 800 and rotating the rotating body 800. In particular, in the present embodiment, as will be described later, the rotating body 800 is provided with the opening / closing member 870 that is displaced toward the game side, so that the gaming machine flowing down the game area collides with the opening / closing member 870, It is possible to suppress the opening / closing of the opening / closing member 870.

  Further, since the lid member 770 is arranged outside the area of the game area in the open position, the displacement of the lid member 770 to the open position provides a space for the opening / closing member 870 to project to the game area. Can be secured. Therefore, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 can be brought closer to the game area side by that amount, and the player can easily see the opening / closing member 870.

  Further, the lid member 770 is rotatably formed around an axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the rotating body 800, and is formed in a curved plate shape along the outer surface of the rotating body 800. The space required for displacement between the position (covering position) and the open position (retracted position) can be suppressed, and accordingly, the space for arranging other members can be secured. In addition, since the lid member 770 is formed in a curved manner in this way, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the game area from being stopped on the lid member 770 arranged in the closed position, and to smooth the game ball. Can be made to flow down.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 64C, the rotation member 741 is further rotated approximately 90 degrees to displace the protrusion 71a to the right side of the axis of the rotation member 741, and the first sliding groove 742b of the arm member 742 is then moved. Is displaced toward the back side (right side in FIG. 64 (c)) of the shaft hole 742a with the displacement of the protrusion 741a.

  Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the end portion on the opposite side of the first sliding groove 742b is placed on the front side (left side in FIG. 64 (c)) of the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is placed above the rotating body 800.

  In this case, the center of gravity of the lid member 770 is displaced toward the front side of the rotation axis of the lid member 770 as the lid member 770 is displaced. Therefore, in the middle of the intermediate state to the closed state, the load of the lid member 770 exerts a rotational force in a direction of displacing the lid member 770 from the open state to the closed state. Therefore, even when the driving of the drive motor KM4 is stopped, the lid member 770 can be continuously rotated by the load of the lid member 770.

  Therefore, since the lid member 770 can be closed by the load of the lid member 770, the lid member 770 can be reliably closed.

  Here, if the rotational displacement of the lid member 770 is displaced only by the drive motor KM4, if the drive stop operation of the drive motor KM4 is deviated, the lid member 770 may not be stopped at the normal position. Further, as in the present embodiment, when the rotating member 741 rotates in one direction, if the stop operation of the drive motor KM4 is delayed, one rotation is required to return to the normal position.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the position where the lid member 770 is stopped can be mechanically stopped by using the load of the lid member 770, so that the stop position of the lid member 770 can be prevented from shifting. it can.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a driving unit that generates a driving force, a displacement member that is displaced by the driving force of the driving unit, and a transmission unit that transmits the driving force to the displacement member. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the transmission state of the driving force from the driving means to the displacement member is always constant, when the driving means is driven at a constant driving speed, the displacement member also becomes constant. It is displaced at a speed, and a change cannot be given to the displacement mode of the displacement member. Therefore, there is a problem that the effect of the effect due to the displacement of the displacement member is insufficient.

  Although the displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed by increasing or decreasing the drive speed of the drive means, the displacement speed in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member is different from the displacement speed in other sections. In order to obtain the speed, it is necessary to arrange a sensor device for detecting the position of the displacement member, and control the output of the driving means to be increased or decreased according to the detection result of the sensor device, which increases the product cost and the control cost. Invite. In addition, the structure and control become complicated, and the reliability thereof is lowered.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the transmission means (the rotating member 741 and the arm member 742) includes the one-way clutch OW1, and the inner ring (first member) of the one-way clutch OW1 becomes the outer ring (second member) of the one-way clutch OW1. On the other hand, when it is displaced in one direction, the rollers engage the inner ring and the outer ring to transmit the driving force, and when the inner ring is displaced in the other direction with respect to the outer ring, The engagement of the roller with the outer ring is released, the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, and in the second section DK2 (predetermined section) of the displacement section of the lid member 770 (displacement member), the outer ring with respect to the inner ring. Since it is displaced in one direction, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the other section, regardless of the driving state of the rotating member 741. .. Therefore, it is possible to change the lid member 770 and enhance the effect of the displacement of the lid member 770.

  Further, since the outer wheel can precede the inner wheel in one direction regardless of the drive state of the drive motor KM4, for example, the drive motor KM4 is driven at a constant drive speed in the entire section of the displacement section of the lid member 770. It can be driven, and it is not necessary to increase or decrease the drive speed of the drive motor KM4 in the middle of the displacement section of the lid member 770 (that is, depending on the first section DK1 or the second section DK2). As a result, the control can be simplified, the control cost can be reduced, and the reliability of the operation can be improved. Alternatively, the operation of the driving unit can be stopped in the second section DK2, and in this case, energy consumption can be suppressed.

  Further, in the driving state in which the inner ring is displaced in the other direction with respect to the outer ring, the engagement of the roller is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, so that the displacement member is brought into the stopped state (driven state). The driving force of the driving unit (driving motor KM4) in this driving state can be used as the driving force for driving the rotating body 800. That is, by switching the drive direction of the drive means (drive motor KM4), it is possible to displace the two members of the lid member 770 and the rotating body 800.

  Further, the lid member 770 is rotatably formed, and the center of gravity of the lid member 770 is arranged at a position eccentric from the center of rotation. In the second section DK2, the weight of the lid member 770 displaces the outer ring in one direction. Since the lid member 770 is formed so as to be capable of acting in any direction, the outer ring can be displaced in one direction ahead of the inner ring by utilizing the weight of the lid member 770. That is, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the section of the first section DK1. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the lid member 770 and enhance the effect produced by the displacement of the displacement member.

  Further, the transmission of the driving force is such that the main body 741b to which the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is attached and the projection 741a (pin portion) projecting from the main body 741b and displaced from the rotation center of the main body 741c. The rotation member 741 (crank member) and the arm member 742 are rotated. Therefore, the rotation member 741 is rotated by the outer ring and the protrusion 741a is slid along the first sliding groove 742b. The other end side (the side of the second sliding groove 742c) can be reciprocated. In this case, the other end of the arm member 742 can reciprocate between the open position and the closed position as the lid member 770 reciprocates. That is, the displacement direction of the lid member 770 can be switched without switching the drive direction of the drive motor KM4.

  Further, in this case, since the section of the second section DK can be formed for both reciprocating movements, when the lid member 770 is reciprocating, no matter in which direction the lid member 770 is displaced, from the middle of the displacement. The displacement speed of the lid member 770 can be increased, and as a result, the displacement mode of the lid member 770 can be changed to enhance the effect produced by the displacement of the lid member.

  Next, the displacement of the rotation restricting member 780 will be described with reference to FIG. 65 (a) is a side view of the decoration unit 750 in the closed state, and FIG. 65 (b) is a side view of the decoration unit 750 in the open state. 65 (a) and 65 (b), the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 is shown transparently.

  As shown in FIG. 65A, when the lid member 770 is in the closed state, the rotation restricting member 780 is in a state in which the protrusion 782 side is pushed downward by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP5 (FIG. 65). (A) is a state in which the shaft is rotated clockwise around the axis of the shaft hole 781).

  Therefore, the distance dimension L4 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the outside of the engagement protrusion 882 is made smaller than the distance dimension L5 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the tip of the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 (L4. <L5).

  Therefore, the rotating body 800 and the rotation restricting member 780 are not engaged, and the rotating body 800 is rotatable.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 65 (b), when the lid member 770 is in the open state, the rotation restricting member 780 has a contact member 783 and a lid member 770 whose contact surface 783 is displaced to the back side of the rotating body 800. The contact is made, and the contact surface 783 is pushed downward (state rotated counterclockwise about the axis of the shaft hole 781 in FIG. 65B).

  Therefore, the distance dimension L4 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the outside of the engagement protrusion 882 is made larger than the distance dimension L6 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the tip of the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 (L6). <L4).

  As a result, the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 can be inserted inside the engagement protrusion 882 in the rotating body 800 in a state where the engagement protrusion 882 of the left rotation portion 880 is arranged at the lowest position in the gravity direction. That is, since the rotating body 800 and the rotation restricting member 780 are engaged with each other, the rotating body 800 cannot be rotated. In the present embodiment, the position where the rotation of the rotating body 800 is disabled (the position where the protrusion 782 is inserted inside the engaging protrusion 882) is the position where the opening / closing member 870 of the rotating body 800 described later is in the open state. Is set to.

  That is, in the rotation restricting member 780 (rotation restricting means) that restricts the rotation of the rotating body 800, the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is displaced to the open position (second position), and the other side of the displacement member is stretched in the game area. Since the rotation of the rotating body 800 is restricted when the rotating body 800 is extended, the rotating body 800 is rotated in a state where the opening / closing member 870 is extended, and the opening / closing member 870 interferes with other members located on the rotation locus. Can be suppressed. Further, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the rotating body 800 due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

  Here, a first member and a second member that are displaceably formed are provided, and the first member covers the at least part of the second member invisible, and a state in which the first member is disposed at the covering position. There is known a gaming machine that is formed so as to be displaceable between a retracted position that reduces an area that covers the second member invisible. According to this gaming machine, the first member is arranged at the covering position, and the second member is exposed to the second member by displacing the first member from the state where the second member is invisible to the player. It is possible to perform an effect that the player visually recognizes.

  However, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, since the second member is formed so as to be displaceable, when the second member is exposed, the second member may be displaced. Therefore, there is a problem in that the player cannot visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state, and the effect of production is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the lid member 770 (first member) can regulate the displacement of the rotating body 800 (second member) in the state where it is displaced to the open position (retracted position). Since the rotor 800 is formed, the player can visually recognize the rotating body 800 in an appropriate state, and the effect can be secured. That is, when performing the effect of displacing the lid member 770 to the open position and exposing the rotating body 800, the displacement of the lid member 770 to the open position, which must be performed for the effect, is rotated. It is used as a means for regulating the displacement of the body 800. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide or control a mechanism for restricting the displacement of the rotating body 800, and the structure can be simplified accordingly.

  Further, the rotating body 800 is formed such that the shape of the outer peripheral surface thereof is asymmetrical from the center of rotation as described later (see FIG. 67). Therefore, the rotating body 800 is rotatably formed, and the position of its center of gravity is eccentric from the center of rotation, so that the degree of freedom in designing the rotating body 800 can be increased. That is, the center of gravity of the rotator 800 does not have to be located at the center of rotation, and an asymmetrical shape with respect to the rotation axis can be adopted. Therefore, the effect of the rotator 800 can be enhanced. On the other hand, when the position of the center of gravity of the rotating body 800 is eccentric in this way, the rotating body 800 is rotated around the center of rotation due to its gravity (there is a possibility of rotation), and is displaced to the closed position. It is particularly effective that the cover member 770 is formed so that the displacement of the rotating body 800 can be regulated, whereby the rotating body 800 can be visually recognized by the player in an appropriate state, and a staging effect can be secured.

  The rotating body 800 may be formed symmetrically about the axis. In this case, by forming the rotating body 800 from two or more members having different specific gravities, the center of gravity thereof can be arranged at a position different from the rotation axis. For example, by forming one half surface of a metal material and the remaining half surface of a flexible material, the center of gravity can be located on the side of the metal material that generally has a larger specific gravity than the flexible material.

  Next, the configuration of the rotating body 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 66 to 68. 66 (a) is a front view of the rotating body 800, FIG. 66 (b) is a side view of the rotating body 800 in the direction of arrow LXVIb in FIG. 66 (a), and FIG. 66 (c) is FIG. 66 is a side view of the rotating body 800 as viewed from the direction of the arrow LXVIc in FIG. 66 (a). 67 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotating body 800, and FIG. 68 is an exploded perspective rear view of the rotating body 800.

  As shown in FIGS. 66 to 68, the rotating body 800 is formed in a cylindrical shape by combining a plurality of members. The rotating body 800 includes a base plate 810 arranged on the shaft portion, and a first display unit 830, a second display unit 840, a third display unit 850, and a fourth display unit 830 which are arranged so as to surround the base plate 810 and are combined in an annular shape. The display unit 860, the right rotation unit 89 arranged at one end in the axial direction, the left rotation unit 880 arranged at the other end in the axial direction, and the opening / closing member arranged inside the first display unit 830. And 870 mainly.

  The base plate 810 has a substantially L-shaped cross-section when viewed in the axial direction, and has a shape extending in the axial direction. The base plate 810 is formed with a right end portion 811 and a left end portion 812 that project outward from both left and right ends.

  The right end portion 811 is formed so as to project in an annular shape from the right side of the base plate 810 when viewed from the front (the right side in FIG. 66A). The right end portion 811 is formed mainly by including a tip portion 811a that partially protrudes from the protruding tip of the right end portion 811 and a communication hole 811b in an annular inner portion.

  The tip portion 811a is further protruded from the tip portion of the right end portion 811 in the axial direction, and the protruding region in the right side surface view (the direction view of FIG. 66 (c)) is inside the engagement portion 764e of the right side surface plate 764. It is set smaller than the area. The tip portion 811a is inserted inside the engaging portion 764e of the right side surface plate 764 as described above. As a result, the base plate 810 and the right side surface plate 764 (lid member 770) are engaged with each other. As a result, the base plate 810 can be stopped with respect to the rotational displacement of each display surface (first display portion 830, second display portion 840, third display portion 850, and fourth display portion 860) described below.

  The communication hole 811b is an opening through which a wiring (not shown) connected to an LED board 820 described later is inserted, and is formed through the side surface of the base plate 810 on the right side in front view. This allows the wiring to be inserted.

  The left end portion 812 is formed so as to project in an annular shape from the front side left side of the base plate 810 (left side in FIG. 66A). The left end portion 812 is mainly provided with a tip portion 812a protruding from a lower half circle of the left end portion 812 and a communication hole 812b of an annular inner portion.

  The tip portion 812a is further protruded in the axial direction from the tip portion of the left end portion 812, and the protruding shape in a left side view (the direction view of FIG. 66 (b)) is an annular lower semicircle.

  The communication hole 812b is a path for discharging a ball, which is sent inside the rotating body 800 by an opening / closing member 870 described later, to the outside of the rotating body 800. The inner diameter of the communication hole 812b is set to be larger than that of the sphere, and is set to be substantially the same as the through hole 733a formed in the gear cover 733.

  Further, the communication hole 812b is an opening connected to the through hole 733a of the gear cover 733, and the protrusion distance of the left end portion 812 is set to a distance at which the left end portion 812 abuts the through hole 733a. Further, a protrusion 733b is formed on the upper hemisphere of the end surface of the through hole 733a. The protrusion distance of the protrusion 733b is set to be substantially the same as the protrusion distance of the tip portion 812a. As a result, the base plate 810 and the gear cover 733 (the left transmission member 730) are engaged with each other. As a result, the base plate 810 can be stopped with respect to the rotational displacement of each display surface (first display portion 830, second display portion 840, third display portion 850, and fourth display portion 860) described below.

  A reverse rotation preventing member 813 is rotatably arranged on the bottom surface of the base plate 810. The reverse rotation preventing member 813 is formed in a substantially circular shape in a top view, and a protrusion 813a inclined toward one end is formed. Further, the reverse rotation prevention member 813 is provided with a biasing spring SP6 between itself and the base plate 810, whereby the protrusion 813a is always biased to the left side in the front view (left side in FIG. 66 (a)). It is said that.

  The right rotation part 890 is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness and is formed in an annular shape in a side view. The right rotation portion 890 is formed such that the inner diameter of the inner side of the ring is larger than the size of the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810. Accordingly, the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810 can be inserted inside the right rotation portion 890. Further, the right rotation portion 890 is mainly provided with a shaft hole 891 penetrating in the left-right direction and a sliding groove 892 that is curved and opened around the shaft hole 891.

  The shaft hole 891 is a hole into which a shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870, which will be described later, is inserted, and has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 872. This can prevent the shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 from being displaced with respect to the first display portion 830.

  The sliding groove 892 is formed in a curved shape centering on the shaft hole 891, and the radius thereof is set to be the same as the distance between the projection 871 of the opening / closing member 870 and the shaft portion 872. As a result, the protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 is inserted into the sliding groove 892, so that the protrusion 871 can slide inside the sliding groove 892 when the opening / closing member 870 is displaced.

  The left rotation portion 880 is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness and is formed in an annular shape in a side view. The left rotation portion 880 is formed such that the inner diameter of the inner side of the ring is larger than the size of the left end portion 812 of the base plate 810. Accordingly, the left end portion 812 of the base plate 810 can be inserted inside the left rotation portion 880. The left rotation portion 880 mainly includes a wall portion 881 that annularly protrudes from the inner edge portion, an engagement protrusion 882 that protrudes from the side wall, and a locking portion 883 in which inclined surfaces are continuously arranged on the inner edge portion. Prepared to be formed.

  The wall portion 881 is formed so as to project to the left side of the rotating body 800 when viewed from the front. The wall portion 881 is provided with a tooth surface 881a of the gear on the outer peripheral surface of the projecting tip and is provided with a communication hole 881b which opens inward. The tooth surface 881a is meshed with the transmission gear 881d as described above. Thereby, the driving force of the drive motor KM4 can be transmitted to the rotating body 800.

  The communication hole 881b is an opening that communicates the internal space and the external space of the rotating body 800, and can discharge the ball sent into the rotating body 800 by opening the opening / closing member 870 described later.

  The engagement protrusion 882 is a protrusion with which the rotation restricting member 780 is engaged, as described above. The engagement protrusion 882 is formed so as to project from the side surface of the left rotation portion 880 on the left side in front view. Further, two engagement protrusions 882 are formed at positions separated by a predetermined distance, and the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 can be inserted between them.

  The cross section of the locking portion 883 is formed in a sawtooth shape. When the left rotation portion 880 is disposed on the base plate 810, the tip of the projection 813a of the reverse rotation prevention member 813 described above is brought into contact with the locking portion 883. Accordingly, when a rotational force that rotates the left rotation portion 880 in one direction is applied, the protrusion 813a can be slid along the inclined surface of the locking portion 883 to rotate the left rotation portion 880. When the rotational force that rotates the left rotation portion 880 in the other direction acts, the surface of the locking portion 883 is caught by the protrusion 813a and rotation is suppressed.

  As a result, it is possible to restrict the rotation of the rotating body 800 in the direction opposite to the direction in which the rotating body 800 is rotated by the rotational driving force of the drive motor KM4. It is possible to prevent the rotating body from being reversely rotated due to a collision or the like.

  The first display portion 830 to the fourth display portion 860 are formed in the same curved shape, and their end faces are connected to each other, so that they can be formed into a single annular shape. In addition, the inner diameters of the first display portion 830 to the fourth display portion 860, which are formed into one ring, are set to be substantially the same as the outer diameters of the left and right rotating portions 880 and 890. Accordingly, by disposing the display units 830 to 860 on the left and right rotating units 880 and 890, the first display unit 830 to the fourth display unit 860 can be formed in one cylindrical shape.

  In addition, the first display unit 830 to the fourth display unit 860 are respectively drawn with characters and patterns, and as described above, the driving force is transmitted from the left rotation unit 880 to rotate the respective characters. The pattern can be visually recognized by the player.

  The first display portion 830 is mainly provided with an opening 831 that is open to the curved surface thereof and a bearing portion 832 that is opened toward the shaft side and is formed to project in a U shape.

  The opening 831 is an opening inside which an opening / closing member 870 to be described later is arranged, and is formed in an opening having an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer shape of the opening / closing member 870. The bearing portion 832 is formed in such a size that the shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 can be inserted into the open U-shaped portion. Therefore, by inserting the opening / closing member 870 into the opening 831 and inserting the shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 into the bearing portion 832, the opening / closing member 870 can be rotationally displaced with respect to the first display portion 830. It should be noted that the description of the displacement mode of the opening / closing member 870 will be described later.

  The LED board 820 can emit the LED light mounted on the LED board 820 by being supplied with power. The LED board 820 is attached to the back side of the base plate 810.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 69, opening / closing of the opening / closing member 870 will be described. FIG. 69A is a side view of the rotating body 800 when the opening / closing member 870 is in the closed state. FIG. 69 (b) is a side view of the rotating body 800 with the opening / closing member 870 open. Note that, in FIG. 69, when the opening / closing member 870 overlaps with another member, the outer diameter thereof is illustrated by a chain line.

  The closed state of the opening / closing member 870 is a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the opening / closing member 870 is arranged substantially parallel to the outer peripheral surface of the first display unit 830. On the other hand, the open state of the opening / closing member 870 is a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the opening / closing member 870 is arranged so as to intersect the outer peripheral surface of the first display unit 830.

  As shown in FIG. 69 (a), in the rotating body 800 in which the opening / closing member 870 is closed, the protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 has the protrusion 871 on the one end side of the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890 (in FIG. It is located on the lower side of the portion 872).

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 69B, in the rotating body 800 with the opening / closing member 870 in the open state, the protrusion 871 of the opening / closing member 870 is located at the other end side of the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890. That is, the opening / closing member 870 is displaced by the protrusion 871 sliding inside the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890.

  Next, the displacement of the protrusion 871 will be described with reference to FIG. 70A and 70B are side views of the decoration unit 750. 70 (a) and 70 (b), the right side surface plate 764 of the box member 760 is shown transparently.

  Further, FIG. 70A shows a state in which the decoration unit 750 is in the closed state and the opening / closing member 870 is in the closed state. FIG. 70B shows a state in which the decoration unit 750 is in the open state and the opening / closing member 870 is in the open state.

  As shown in FIG. 70A, when the decoration unit 750 is in the closed state, the outer edge portion of the right side lid 773 is in contact with the protrusion 871. When the decoration unit 750 is in the closed state, the outer diameter L7 of the lower half surface of the right lid 773 from the rotation axis is smaller than the distance L8 from the axis of the right rotation section 890 to one end of the sliding groove 892 (L7). <L8).

  The difference in size between L7 and L8 is set to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the protrusion 871. Therefore, in the state where the outer edge portion of the right lid 773 is in contact with the protrusion 871, the protrusion 871 is displaced to the one end side of the sliding groove 892. As a result, the opening / closing member 870 is closed. That is, it is possible to suppress the opening / closing member 870 from being displaced to the open state when the decoration unit 750 is closed.

  As shown in FIG. 70B, when the decoration unit 750 is opened, the recess 773b formed in the outer edge portion is displaced along with the displacement of the right lid 773. In this case, the protrusion 871 is inserted inside the recess 773b. As a result, the protrusion 871 can displace the sliding groove 892 to the other side. As a result, the opening / closing member 870 is opened by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP7 arranged between the shaft portion 872 and the first display portion 830.

  As described above, the opening / closing member 870 can be displaced to the open state according to the displacement of the lid member 770. Therefore, since it is not necessary to dispose a drive source for driving the opening / closing member 870 in the rotating body 800, the rotating body 800 can be formed small.

  Further, the drive motor KM4 for displacing the opening / closing member 870 can also be used as a driving means for displacing the lid member 770. In this case, when the opening / closing member 870 and the lid member 770 are displaced by the driving force of different driving means, if the control failure occurs, the opening / closing member 870 and the lid member 770 may interfere with each other. Since the lid and the lid member 770 can be mechanically linked to synchronize their displacements, it is possible to prevent the opening / closing member 870 and the lid member 770 from interfering with each other.

  As shown in FIG. 70 (b), when the opening / closing member 870 is opened, the tip end side of the rotation is arranged above the winning opening 761 a of the box member 760. As a result, the ball sent from the ball sending unit 711c of the ball receiving base 710 described later can be dropped onto the upper surface of the opening / closing member 870.

  In this case, the opening / closing member 870 is arranged such that the rotation tip side is higher than the shaft portion 872. Therefore, the ball falling on the upper surface can be rolled to the inner side of the rotating body 800. The game ball rolled inside the rotating body 800 is rolled on the upper surface of the base plate 810 arranged inside the rotating body 800. Further, since the base plate 810 is inclined downward toward the left end 812 side, a ball rolled on the upper surface of the base plate 810 is rolled toward the left end 812 side and rotated from the inside. It can be discharged outside the body 800. That is, the inside of the rotating body 800 can be used as a ball delivery path.

  Further, as described above, since the rotation restricting member 780 that restricts the rotation of the rotating body 800 is disposed in the rotating body 800, the lid member 770 is displaced to the open position to expose the rotating body 800. When performing the effect, the effect of the effect can be enhanced by further displacing the opening / closing member 870. On the other hand, the rotating body 800 may be rotated (rotated). Therefore, the configuration in which the lid member 770 displaced to the open position is formed so as to be capable of restricting the displacement of the rotating body 800 is particularly effective, and thereby allows the player to visually recognize the rotating body 800 in an appropriate state. The effect can be secured.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a rotating member that is rotatably formed and has an outer surface around a rotation axis that is visually recognizable to a player. According to this gaming machine, the rotating member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the display (pattern) on the outer peripheral surface can be made visible to the player while rotating the rotating member or by stopping the rotating member. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that the rotating member is insufficiently utilized only as a member for holding a display for visual recognition by the player on its outer surface. .. That is, since the rotating member needs to hold a display that can be visually recognized by the player, it is relatively large. Therefore, while the occupied space increases, the parts other than the outer surface are not utilized.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the rotating body 800 (rotating member) makes the internal space formed therein communicate with the outside, and the opening 831 and the communication hole 881b through which the game ball can pass. Since the (communication port) is provided, the game ball flowing down the game area can flow into or out of the internal space through the opening 831 and the communication hole 881b. Therefore, the internal space of the rotating body 800, which is a dead space, can be made to function as a storage space for the game balls or a ball-sending passage, and the rotating body 800 can be utilized accordingly.

  Further, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, since it is only possible to form an effect mode in which the player visually recognizes the display of the outer peripheral surface when the rotating member is stopped, the effect of the effect is insufficient and the effect is insufficient. There was a problem.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) that is displaceably disposed on the outer surface of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is provided, the outer surface can be changed as the rotating body 800 rotates or stops. Since it is possible to form an effect mode in which the opening / closing member 870 is displaced, in addition to an effect mode in which the display of “” is visually recognized by the player, it is possible to increase the effect by changing the effect mode accordingly.

  When the lid member 770 (displacement member) is displaced to the closed position (first position), a part of the outer surface of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is formed by the opening / closing member 870, so that the outer shape of the rotating body 800 is changed. The size can be reduced, and the space required for rotating the rotating body 800 can be reduced accordingly. On the other hand, when the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the opening / closing member 870 is projected outward in the radial direction of the rotating body 800, so that the player can easily recognize the displacement of the opening / closing member 870. It is possible to enhance the effect. In addition, the rotating body 800 is rotated with the opening / closing member 870 disposed at the closed position, and when the rotation is stopped, the opening / closing member 870 is disposed (displaced) at the open position to serve as the outer surface of the rotating body 800. The visually recognized portion (opening / closing member 870) can be formed so as to project outward in the radial direction of the rotating body 800, which can enhance interest.

  In addition, an LED board 820 that emits light is disposed on the base plate 810 in the internal space of the rotating body 800. Therefore, when the opening / closing member 870 is set to the open position, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is opened, the inner space is communicated with the outside, and the light emitted from the LED board 820 can be emitted to the outside. On the other hand, by setting the opening / closing member 870 to the closed position, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is closed, and it is possible to block the emission of light from the LED board 820 to the outside. As a result, the effect of production can be enhanced.

  Here, in order to make the rotating body 800 rotatable and displaceably dispose the opening / closing member 870 on the rotating body 800, driving means are required for each of the rotating body 800 and the opening / closing member 870. Grows. Further, when the driving means for displacing the opening / closing member 870 is mounted on the rotating body 800, the weight of the rotating body 800 increases, and thus it becomes difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the rotating body 800.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the opening / closing member 870 is displaced along with the displacement of the lid member 770, and the lid member 770 and the rotating body 800 are displaced by the same drive motor KM4, so that one drive motor is used. The rotation of the rotating body 800 and the displacement of the opening / closing member 870 can be performed by also using the KM4. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced. Further, since it is not necessary to mount a drive means for displacing the opening / closing member on the rotating body 800, the weight of the rotating body 800 can be reduced, and the rotation of the rotating body 800 can be started or stopped smoothly.

  Since the opening 831 (first communication port) and the communication hole 881b (second communication port) are formed at different positions, the opening 831 is used as an inflow port for letting the game ball flow into the internal space from the outside, and the communication hole 881b. Can be used as an outlet for letting the game balls flow out from the internal space. That is, even if the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is not rotated (while being kept in a stopped state), the rotating body 800 can be utilized as a ball-sending passage for a game ball.

  Further, since the opening 831 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 and the communication hole 881b is formed on the end surface in the axial direction of the rotating body 800, the game ball to the internal space of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is formed. The player can easily recognize the inflow, and the game ball can be discharged while the rotating body 800 is maintained in the stopped state.

  That is, when the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is arranged so that it can be visually recognized by the player, the opening 831 (inflow port) is formed in the outer surface thereof, so that the player can easily see the inflow of the game ball. On the other hand, when the communication hole 881b is formed on the outer surface of the rotating body 800, when the rotating body 800 is arranged at the rotation position where the communication hole 881b is upward, the place where the game ball cannot flow out from the internal space, Since the communication hole 881b (outlet) is formed on the end surface of the rotating body 800 in the rotation axis direction, it is possible to form a state in which the game ball can flow out from the internal space regardless of the rotating position of the rotating body 800.

  Further, a displaceable opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is provided inside the opening 831 (first communication port), and when the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the closed position (first position), the opening 831 opens. When the opening / closing member 870 is shielded and the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the opening 831 is opened, so that the inflow of the game ball through the opening 831 is switched between the blocked state and the allowed state. be able to.

  Furthermore, one side of the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is rotatably supported by the rotating body 800 (rotating member), and when the opening / closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the side opposite to the one side. Since the other side, which is to be extended to the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received by the upper surface of the opening / closing member 870. Therefore, when the opening 831 is formed as the inflow port, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily flowed into the internal space of the rotating body 800 by using the opening / closing member 870.

  Further, it is possible to make it easy to stop the game ball flowing down the game area on the upper surface of the opening / closing member 870. Therefore, for example, when the inflow port of the game ball is formed in the rotating body 800, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily made to flow into the inflow port by using the opening / closing member 870. In this case, if the opening / closing member 870 receives the game ball flowing down the game area, the rotating body 800 may be rotated by the load acting at that time and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member. .. Therefore, a configuration in which the lid member 770 displaced to the open position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the rotation body 800 by displacing the rotation regulating member 780 is particularly effective, whereby the opening / closing member 870 is played. It is possible to easily maintain the state of being projected to a predetermined position in the area.

  The shaft portion 872 of the opening / closing member 870 is arranged on the rotation direction side of the rotating body 800. In other words, the opening / closing member 870 (displacement member) is positioned such that one side of the opening / closing member 870 is closer to the front side in the rotation direction of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) than the other side. Therefore, even when the opening / closing member 870 interferes with a member arranged around the rotating member when the rotating body 800 is rotated, the force generated by the interference closes the opening / closing member 870 (displaces to the closed position). Can be made to act). That is, it is possible to prevent the opening / closing member 870 from being displaced to the overhanging (second position) by interfering with other members when the rotating body 800 rotates. In addition, it is possible to prevent the opening / closing member 870 from engaging with another member and hindering the rotation of the rotating body 800.

  Further, since the base plate 810 (fixing member) arranged in the internal space of the rotating body 800 is not rotated with respect to the box member 760 (base member) in which the rotating body 800 is rotatably arranged, By rolling the game ball that has flowed into the inner space of the rotating body 800 from the opening 831 toward the communication hole 881b on the upper surface of the base plate 810, the game ball moves violently in the inner space as the rotating body 800 rotates. Alternatively, it is possible to suppress the rolling of the game ball and prevent it from remaining in the internal space.

  As described above, since the opening / closing operation of the opening / closing member 870 is restricted by the displacement of the lid member 770, the opening / closing member 870 displaced to the open state (second position) may interfere with the members around the rotating body 800. Can be suppressed.

  As described above, in the rotating body 800, the communication hole 811b for inserting the wiring to the LED board 820 attached to the back surface side of the base plate 810 is opposite to the end surface of the rotating body 800 in which the communication hole 881b is formed. Is formed on the end surface of. Therefore, it is possible to easily secure the space that can be used for each of the communication hole 881b and the communication hole 811b.

  That is, when electrically wiring the LED substrate disposed inside the rotating body 800, when the wiring is inserted from the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800, the wiring is entangled by the rotation of the rotating body 800, and thus the axial end face of the rotating body is formed. Where it is preferable to wire from, however, if the opening for the game ball to flow in and the opening for the game ball to flow out are formed on both axial end surfaces of the rotating body 800, it becomes difficult to secure a space for inserting the wire.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the inlet of the game ball of the rotating body 800 can be the outer peripheral surface thereof, so that one of the axial end faces of the rotating body 800 serves as the outlet of the game ball and the other inserts the wiring. Since it can be used as a mouth, a space for inserting the wiring can be easily secured.

  As a result, the game ball can be smoothly discharged through the communication hole 881b, and the wiring work to the opening of the electrical connection line (wiring to the LED board 820) can be facilitated. Further, since the communication hole 881b and the communication hole 811b can be separated from each other to the maximum extent, it is possible to easily suppress the interference between the game ball rolling into the communication hole 881b in the internal space of the rotating body 800 and the electrical connection line.

  Next, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 will be described with reference to FIGS. 71 and 72. 71 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700, and FIG. 72 is a top view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the direction of arrow LXXII in FIG. 71. 71 and 72, the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state is shown.

  As shown in FIGS. 71 and 72, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 are arranged at positions adjacent to each other in the left-right direction. Further, in the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 72), the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at a substantially central position of the ball pedestal 710 in the front-rear direction.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 73, an aspect of sending a ball from the lower displacement unit 400 to the rotating unit 700 will be described. FIG. 73 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700. Note that FIG. 73 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement unit 400 is arranged in the first overhang state.

  As shown in FIG. 73, the lower displacement unit 400 is in the first projecting state, and the ball receiving portion 467 disposed inside the lower displacement member 440 receives the ball inside (the ball receiving operation is performed. When the firing operation is performed in the (state), the sphere arranged inside the sphere receiving portion 467 is discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 from the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 as described above.

  The sphere discharged from the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 is allowed to fall freely, and falls on the sphere pedestal 710 of the rotary unit 700 arranged on the right side in front view. As a result, it is possible to send a ball from the lower displacement unit 400 to the rotating body 800.

  Next, the configuration of the ball pedestal 710 will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 and 75. 74 (a) is a top view of the ball pedestal 710, FIG. 74 (b) is a front view of the ball pedestal 710, and FIG. 74 (c) is LXXIVc-LXXIVc of FIG. 74 (a). It is sectional drawing of the ball receiving stand 710 in a line. FIG. 75 is an exploded perspective view of the ball pedestal 710.

  As shown in FIGS. 74 and 75, the ball pedestal 710 is connected to the dish receiving portion 711 formed in a box shape, the solenoid 712 disposed inside the dish receiving portion 711, and the solenoid 712. And a cover member 714 that covers the solenoid 712.

  The dish receiving portion 711 includes a bottom plate 711a forming a bottom surface, a standing portion 711b standing upright on an edge portion of the bottom plate 711a, a ball sending portion 711c protruding from a part of an outer edge of the bottom plate 711a, and a ball sending portion 711c thereof. A shaft hole 711d penetratingly formed in an upright portion 711b that is upright at the edge portion is formed.

  The bottom plate 711a is formed in a shape that is bent downward toward the ball-sending portion 711c, which will be described later. As a result, the ball sent to the upper portion of the bottom plate 711a can be rolled (inclined) to the ball sending portion 711c side.

  The bottom plate 711a is made of a flexible material, and the bottom surface (bottom surface of FIG. 74 (c)) of the bottom plate 711a is textured to form fine irregularities on the surface. Accordingly, when the bottom plate 711a is molded, the ratio of heat shrinkage is made different between the upper surface and the bottom surface, so that the bottom surface side can be easily bent. That is, the textured bottom surface is less likely to receive a force in a direction in which the bottom plate side is convexly curved when heat-shrinked due to unevenness. On the other hand, since the upper surface side is formed into a flat surface, when it is thermally contracted, a pulling force in the horizontal direction acts and the end portion is likely to change upward (the upper surface side is likely to form a concave curve). Therefore, the ball can easily bend in the direction in which it easily rolls when it is thermally contracted. As a result, it is possible to prevent defective products when the bottom plate 711a is molded.

  The upright portion 711b is a wall portion that is upright from the outer edge portion of the ball feeding portion 711c in the gravity direction upper side (upper side in FIG. 74 (c)). The standing distance of the standing portion 711b is set to be larger than the outer diameter of the sphere. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball sent to the upper part of the bottom plate 711a from falling downward from the edge thereof. In the present embodiment, the standing dimension of the standing portion 711b is set to approximately 1.5 times the diameter of the sphere.

  Further, the standing portion 711b is formed by connecting the central standing portion 711b1 that divides the region of the bottom plate 711a into two parts to the standing portion 711b. The central standing portion 711b1 divides the upper area of the bottom plate 711a into one area where the balls are delivered and the other area where the solenoid 712 described later is arranged.

  The pitching portion 711c is formed on the front side of the bottom plate 711a. Further, the position in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 74 (a)) is arranged on the right side (the right side in FIG. 74) of the substantially central position of the bottom plate 711a. Further, the ball feeding portion 711c is projected from the bottom plate, and thus is curved downward. Thereby, the ball sent from the bottom plate 711a can be dropped downward via the ball sending portion 711c. A winning opening 761a of the lid member 770 is disposed below the ball sending portion 711c (see FIG. 72), and a ball falling from the ball sending portion 711c can be sent into the winning opening 761a.

  A shaft portion 713a of a displacement member 713 described below is inserted into the shaft hole 711d. Thereby, the displacement member 713 can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 711d.

  The solenoid 712 can displace the shaft of the shaft inserted into the solenoid 712 by applying electric power. A transmission member 712a is attached to the shaft of the solenoid 712. The transmission member 712a is a member that transmits the driving force of the solenoid 712 to a displacement member 713, which will be described later, and has a communication hole 712a1 penetratingly formed at the tip thereof.

  The displacement member 713 is formed in a C-shape in cross section, and is mainly provided with a protrusion 713b protruding to the outside of the C-shape at one end and a shaft portion 713a protruding to the inside of the C-shape at both ends.

  The protrusion 713b is a protrusion inserted into the communication hole 712a1 of the solenoid 712, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the communication hole 712a1. As a result, the displacement of the solenoid 712 is transmitted to the displacement member 713 via the transmission member 712a.

  The shaft portion 713a is a shaft that is inserted into the shaft hole 711d. The displacement member 713 can rotate around the axis of the shaft portion 713a by inserting the shaft portion 713a into the shaft hole 711d. That is, the displacement member 713 is driven by the displacement of the solenoid 712.

  The cover member 714 is formed to have an outer shape larger than the outer shape of the solenoid 712, is arranged above the solenoid 712 arranged above the bottom plate 711a, and is fastened and fixed to the plate receiving portion 711. As a result, the solenoid 712 can be fixed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 76, the sphere falling on the sphere support 710 will be described. 76 (a) and 76 (b) are sectional views of the ball pedestal 710. 76 (a) and 76 (b) correspond to the cross section of the ball pedestal 710 of FIG. 74 (c).

  As shown in FIG. 76, the sphere sent from the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 freely falls in the direction of gravity, and at the same time as the ball receiving portion 467 fires, the rotating unit 700 side (right side of FIG. 76 (a)) ). That is, it is dropped in the lower right direction in front view with respect to the bottom plate 711a of the ball receiving table 710.

  In this case, as described above, the bottom plate 711a is bent downward toward the ball sending portion 711c, and the ball sending portion 711c is formed on the right side of the bottom plate 711a. Can be an inclined surface that inclines downward toward the right side. Therefore, the displacement direction of the sphere and the inclination direction of the bottom plate 711a on which the sphere falls can be made close to parallel.

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 76 (b), it is possible to suppress the ball falling on the bottom plate 711a from bouncing upward (upward in FIG. 76 (b)). Therefore, it is possible to suppress the ball sent from the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 to the ball receiving base 710 of the rotating unit 700 from falling from the ball receiving base 710.

  Further, the ball dropped on the bottom plate 711a can be rolled to the ball sending portion 711c side by the force of the drop. Therefore, the rolling time of the ball to the ball sending unit 711c can be shortened. As a result, the ball sent from the lower displacement member 440 to the ball pedestal 710 can be smoothly sent.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 77, light emission of the ball pedestal 710 will be described. 77A and 77B are schematic cross-sectional views of the rotation unit 700 taken along the line LXXVII-LXXVII in FIG. 77 (a) shows the decorative unit 750 in the closed state, and FIG. 77 (b) shows the decorative unit 750 in the open state.

  As shown in FIG. 77A, light emission to the ball pedestal 710 with the decoration unit 750 arranged in the closed state is performed by the LED base 721 arranged on the back side of the back base 720. ..

  More specifically, the light emitted from the LEDs 721a of the LED substrate 721 is reflected on the back surface side of the lid member 770 to be incident on the bottom plate 711a of the ball pedestal 710. Further, as described above, since the bottom surface of the bottom plate 711a is textured, it is possible to diffusely reflect the incident light due to the unevenness of the textured processing. As a result, the entire bottom surface of the ball pedestal 710 can be made to emit light.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 77 (b), in the state where the decoration unit 750 is arranged in the open state, the transparent portion 771a is formed on the lid member 770 as described above, so that the LED 721a of the LED base 721 is The light is not reflected by the lid member 770 and is transmitted. Since the rotating body 800 is formed inside the lid member 770, the rotating body 800 can be reflected by the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 to be incident on the ball pedestal 710.

  Further, in this case, by rotating the third display portion 850 of the rotating body 800 toward the ball pedestal 710 side (upper side in FIG. 77 (b)), the LEDs 821 of the LED substrate 820 arranged on the back side of the base plate 810 emit light. The generated light can be reflected by the inner wall of the rotating body 800 and emitted from the third display unit 850.

  As described above, the inner wall of the third display unit 850 is textured, and a plurality of irregularities are formed on the surface. Therefore, the third display section 850 can more easily emit light to the outside of the rotating body 800 than the other display sections. Therefore, it is preferable to arrange the third display unit 850 on the ball pedestal 710 side.

  Next, a detailed configuration of the upper displacement unit 900 will be described with reference to FIGS. 78 to 84. First, a structure for displacing the upper displacement member 940 will be described with reference to FIGS. 78 to 80.

  FIG. 78 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 79 is an exploded perspective front view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 80 is an exploded rear perspective view of the upper displacement unit 900. 78 to 80, the state in which the upper displacement member 940 is arranged at the retracted position (the position arranged at the uppermost position with respect to the base member 910) is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 78 to 80, the upper displacement unit 900 is disposed inside the base member 910 disposed on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the rear case 300 and inside the base member 910. A transmission member 920, a rotation member 930 that is rotatably connected to the base member 910 and that is displaced according to the displacement of the transmission member 920, and one end that is slidably connected to the base member 410 and that is a rotation member 930. And an upper displacing member 940 that is displaced by receiving a driving force from the rotating member 930.

  The base member 910 is formed by combining two plate members that are rectangular and oblong in a front view in the front-rear direction, and includes a front base 911 arranged on the front side and a back base 912 arranged on the back side. A transmission member 920 and a rotation member 930 are arranged between the front base 911 and the back base 912, which face each other.

  The front base 911 includes three sliding grooves 911c, 911d, 911e penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction in the drawing of FIG. 78), a shaft support pin 911b protruding to the rear side at the center position in the circumferential direction, and one end side of the front base. It is mainly provided with a shaft portion 911f protruding to the front (left side in front view) and an opening 911a penetrating in the front-rear direction on one end side.

  The opening 911a is an opening for inserting the shaft of the drive motor KM5 arranged in the front base 911 to the rear side. Accordingly, the shaft of the drive motor KM5 arranged on the front side of the front base 911 can be inserted into the back side of the front base 911.

  The shaft support pins 911g and 911b are inserted into shaft holes of a transmission gear 922 and a transmission gear 923, which will be described later, and can rotatably hold the transmission gear 922 and the transmission gear 923. That is, the shaft support pins 911g and 911b are formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameters of the shaft holes of the transmission gear 922 and the transmission gear 923.

  The sliding groove 911c is formed in a circular arc shape centered on the axis of the shaft support pin 911b. The sliding groove 911c is an opening through which a shaft support pin 923a of the transmission gear 923 to be described later is inserted, and the radius of the arc is approximately the same as the distance from the shaft hole of the transmission gear 923 to the shaft support pin 923a to be described later. Is set. Accordingly, when the transmission gear 923 is rotated in a state where the shaft support pin 923a is inserted into the sliding groove 911c, it is possible to suppress the collision between the shaft support pin and the inner wall of the sliding groove 911c.

  The sliding grooves 911d and 911e are grooves into which shaft support pins 951 and 952 of the upper displacement member 940 to be described later are inserted, and the width dimension in the lateral direction is set to be larger than the outer diameter of the shaft support pins 951 and 952. To be done.

  The sliding groove 911e is linearly formed in the longitudinal direction of the front base 911 (left-right direction in front view). On the other hand, the sliding groove 911d is formed in an arc shape centered below the front base 911. That is, the sliding groove 911e and the sliding groove 911d are formed non-parallel. Therefore, at different positions in the left-right direction, the distance dimensions between the two sliding grooves 911e and 911d facing each other in the vertical direction are different. As a result, when the shaft support pins 951 and 952 are slid inside the sliding grooves 911e and 911d, the upper displacement member 940 is slid while rotating due to the difference in the distance between the vertically opposing pins. It

  The shaft portion 911f is formed so as to project in a cylindrical shape on the front side. The shaft portion 911f can be inserted into a through hole 931 formed at one end of the rotating member 930, which will be described later, to hold the rotating member 930 in a rotatable state. That is, the shaft portion 911f is formed to have an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 931 of the rotating member 930.

  The back surface base 912 is a plate member attached to the back surface side of the front surface base 911 at a predetermined interval. The back base 912 is made of a metal material. Thereby, the rigidity of the entire base member 910 can be improved. As a result, it is possible to prevent the base member 910 from being twisted when the relatively heavy heavier displacement member 940 is disposed on the base member 910 formed in the horizontally long rectangular shape.

  The transmission member 920 is arranged between the front base 911 and the back base 912 facing each other. The transmission member 920 mainly includes a transmission gear 921 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM5, a transmission gear 922 meshed with the transmission gear 921, and a transmission gear 923 meshed with the transmission gear 922. Formed.

  As described above, the transmission gear 921 is connected to the drive motor KM5 by inserting the shaft of the drive motor KM5 arranged on the front side of the front base 911 into the shaft hole. As a result, the transmission gear 921 can be rotationally displaced by the driving force of the drive motor KM5.

  The transmission gear 922 is meshed with the transmission gear 921 and the transmission gear 923 as described above. As a result, the driving force of the rotation of the transmission gear 921 can be transmitted to the transmission gear 923.

  The transmission gear 923 is formed with a shaft support pin 923a protruding to the front side on the outer peripheral edge thereof. Therefore, when the transmission gear 923 is rotated, the shaft support pin 923 a is rotationally displaced around the axis of the transmission gear 923.

  The rotating member 930 is formed in a rod shape with one side being long, and mainly includes a through hole 931 penetratingly formed in an end portion on one end side in the front-rear direction, and an opening 932 extending in the longitudinal direction at a substantially central position in the longitudinal direction. Prepared to be formed.

  As described above, the through hole 931 is an opening into which the shaft portion 911f of the front base 911 is inserted, and by inserting the shaft portion 911f, the rotating member 930 can be rotated with respect to the front base 911. Can be held. A biasing spring SP8 is provided at the tip of the shaft portion 911f. As a result, the rotating member 930 is biased in the direction of lifting the other end side upward with respect to the front base 911.

  The opening 932 is a groove into which the shaft support pin 923a of the transmission gear 923 is inserted, and the shaft support pin 923a is slidably formed inside. As described above, when the transmission gear 923 is rotationally displaced and the arrangement of the shaft support pin 923a is displaced, the shaft support pin 923a is displaced inside the opening 932. Therefore, since the rotating member 930 is arranged with one end thereof being rotatably supported, the one end of the rotating member 930 is rotated by the displacement of the shaft support pin 923a.

  Further, on the other end side of the rotating member 930, an annular member 933 which is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the front and is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness on the back side is arranged.

  The annular member 933 is formed on the front side with two sliding grooves 933a that are recessed at symmetrical positions along the outer peripheral edge of the annular member 933. The annular member 933 is a portion connected to an upper displacement member 940 described later, and the shaft portion 953 of the upper displacement member 940 is inserted inside. Further, the annular member 933 and the upper displacement member 940 are rotatably connected, and the upper displacement member 940 can be displaced along with the rotational displacement of the rotating member 930.

  The projection 961 of the upper displacement member 940 is inserted inside the sliding groove 933a, and the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotating member, so that the projection 961 slides inside the sliding groove 933a. it can.

  Further, the circular arc axis of the sliding groove 933 a is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis of the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotation member 930. This allows the first opening 960 to be displaced when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotating member 930. A detailed description of the first opening portion 960 will be given later.

  A shaft cover 913 and a deformation regulation cover 914, which are formed from a plate-like body, are disposed on the one end side (rotating shaft side) of the rotating member 930. The shaft cover 913 is disposed in front of the rotating shaft portion of the rotating member 930, and prevents the rotating member 930 from rattling in the front-rear direction. The deformation regulation cover 914 is arranged at a position separated from the rotation shaft by a predetermined distance, and can prevent the rotation member 930 from being deformed in the front-rear direction due to the weight of the upper displacement member 940 arranged on the other end side.

  The upper displacement member 940 includes a base body 950 connected to the front base 911 and the rotating member 930, two first opening portions 960 rotatably arranged on the back side of the base body 950, and the base body 950. It is mainly provided with two second opening portions 970 rotatably arranged on the front side and a variable portion 980 arranged on one end side.

  The base body 950 is mainly provided with two shaft support pins 951 and 952 protrudingly formed on the back surface on one end side and a shaft portion 953 protrudingly formed on the back surface on the other end side.

  The shaft support pins 951 and 952 are projections that are inserted into the sliding grooves 911e and 911d of the front base 911 as described above. Therefore, when the upper displacing member 940 is driven by the rotating member 930, the shaft support pins 951 and 952 slide along the sliding grooves 911e and 911d, so that the upper displacing member 940 is slid to the left and right. At the same time, the other end can be rotationally displaced downward.

  As described above, the shaft portion 953 is a protrusion that is inserted into the annular member 933 and connected to the rotating member 930, and is formed in a columnar shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the annular member 933. Accordingly, the upper displacement member 940 can be rotatably connected to the rotating member 930. Therefore, when the rotating member 930 is rotationally displaced about its one end by the driving force of the drive motor KM5, the driving force is transmitted to the upper displacement member 940 by the displacement of the annular member 933. As a result, the upper displacement member 940 can be displaced along the sliding grooves 911e and 911d.

  The first opening portion 960 is a plate member having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction, and two first opening portions 960 are arranged on the back surface side of the base body 950. The first opening portion 960 is rotatably supported by the other end of the base body 950. In addition, the first opening portion 960 includes a protrusion 961 which projects toward the back surface and is arranged inside the sliding groove 933 a of the annular member 933. Accordingly, when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotating member 930 due to the displacement of the rotating member 930, the protrusion 961 can be slid inside the sliding groove 933a.

  In this case, as described above, the curved axis of the sliding groove 933a is arranged at a position different from the rotational axis of the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotating member 930, so that the protrusion 961 slides inside the sliding groove 933a. Accordingly, the first opening 960 pivotally supported by the base body 950 can be rotationally displaced.

  The second opening portion 970 is a plate member having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction, and two second opening portions 970 are arranged on the front side of the base body 950. The second opening portion 970 is rotatably supported by the other end of the base body 950. Also. The second opening 970 is formed with an engagement protrusion (not shown) that engages when the first opening 960 is displaced by a predetermined amount. Accordingly, as described above, when the first opening portion 960 is rotationally displaced about the shaft support portion when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced by a predetermined amount, the first opening portion 960 engages with the second opening portion 970. The second opening 970 can be rotationally displaced.

  Next, the displacement of the upper displacement member 940 will be described with reference to FIGS. 81 to 83. FIG. 81 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is arranged at the retracted position. FIG. 82 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is arranged at the intermediate position. FIG. 83 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is arranged at the projecting position.

  The retracted position of the upper displacement member 940 is a position where the shaft support pins 951 and 952 are arranged on the other end side of the sliding grooves 911d and 911e of the front base 911 (right side of the front base 911 when viewed from the front). Is. Further, the overhang position is a position in which the shaft support pins 951 and 952 are arranged on one end side of the sliding grooves 911d and 911e of the front base 911 (left side in front view of the front base 911). Furthermore, the intermediate position is a position in a state where the upper displacement member 940 is displaced to an intermediate position between the retracted position and the extended position.

  As shown in FIGS. 81 to 83, when the upper displacement member 940 is displaced with respect to the front base 911, the upper displacement member 940 changes its longitudinal direction from the substantially horizontal direction (the lateral direction in FIG. 81) to the substantially vertical direction ( It is rotationally displaced in the vertical direction in FIG. 83).

  With the rotational displacement, the position of the one end side of the upper displacement member 940 is displaced from the position of the front end on the right side in front view to the substantially central position in front view. That is, the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced while slidingly displaced when the rotating member 930 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM5 as described above.

  Further, at the time of displacement from the intermediate position shown in FIG. 82 to the projecting position shown in FIG. 83, the first opening portion 960 arranged in the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the base body 950, The second opening 970 that is displaced by engaging the rotational displacement of the first opening 960 is also rotationally displaced with respect to the base body 950. Therefore, in the projecting position, the longitudinal direction of the upper displacement member 940 is oriented in the vertical direction, and the first opening 960 and the second opening 970 are displaced.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, the upper displacement member 940 is formed in a shape imitating the shape of a human arm (including a hand). Therefore, by displacing from the first position to the third position and displacing the first opening part 960 and the second opening part 970, it is possible to allow the player to visually recognize a displacement that makes a human arm thick. ..

  Next, the variable unit 980 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 84A is a front view of the variable unit 980, and FIG. 84B is a rear view of the variable unit 980.

  As shown in FIGS. 84 (a) and 84 (b), the variable portion 980 is formed in a shape imitating a human hand, and includes a main body portion 981 forming a rear part of the hand and a main body portion 981. It is mainly provided with finger parts 982 to 986 which are connected to form a finger part of the hand.

  A drive motor (not shown) is provided inside the main body 981 and a variable plate (not shown) provided inside can displace the piston in the front-back direction (vertical direction in FIG. 84 (a)). To be done.

  The finger portion 982 is a portion corresponding to the thumb, and the base portion side is connected to the variable plate of the main body portion 981. As a result, the finger 982 can be displaced by the variable plate performing the piston movement.

  The finger portions 983 to 986 are mainly provided with a first link RB1 arranged on the inner side thereof on the base side and a second link RB2 arranged on the tip side.

  The first link RB1 has a distal end side rotatably connected to the second link RB2 and a base side connected to a variable plate of the main body 981. Therefore, when the variable plate of the main body 981 is moved by the piston, the first link RB1 and the second link RB2 can be displaced via the first link RB1. Thereby, the fingers 983-986 can be displaced. In addition, in the present embodiment, by displacing the finger portions 982 to 986, the player can visually recognize the operation of opening and closing the fingers of the hand.

  The front base 411 includes two sliding grooves 411a and 411b penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction in the drawing of FIG. 11), two columnar shaft-supporting pins 411c and 411d protruding rearward, and a shaft-supporting pin 411d. It is formed mainly by including a curved wall portion 411e protruding in an arc shape with the axis as the axis.

  The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are holes into which the two protrusions 472 and 473 protruding from the rear surface side of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted, respectively. The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are each formed to extend in the left-right direction. Therefore, by displacing the protrusions 472 and 473 inserted in the sliding grooves 411a and 411b along the sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be slid in the left-right direction.

  Further, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are each formed to be curved in an arc shape, and are upward (from the upper direction in FIG. 11) from the left (left side in FIG. 11) end portion of the front base 411 to the right (right side in FIG. 11) end portion. ) Is opened. Further, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are arranged at positions where the axes of the respective arcs are different from each other, and the gap between the opposites in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 11) is narrowed from the left end portion to the right end portion.

  Since the distance between the protrusions 472 and 473 of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 does not change, when the lower displacement member 440 is slid along the sliding groove, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated. It can be displaced. That is, by changing the distance between the two sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be rotated along with the sliding without applying a rotational driving force to the lower displacement member 440.

  The shaft support pin 411c is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft portion 422a of a cam member 422 of the transmission member 420, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion 422a. The shaft support pin 411c is formed of a metal rod-shaped body and is fitted onto the front base 411. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the shaft support pin 411c from being broken (damaged) when a force acts on the cam member 422 from its outer peripheral surface in the axial direction.

  Next, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 85 to 87. Although the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are displaced in the same direction by the driving force of the drive motor KM2 in the first embodiment, the movable rack 2464 and the rack 466 are the same as the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment. It is displaced in the opposite direction by the driving force of the drive motor KM2. The same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 2440 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 85 and 86. FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 2440 according to the second embodiment. FIG. 86 is a front view of the lower displacement member 2440. Note that FIG. 86 illustrates a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 2440 and the front case 481 are transparently viewed.

  As shown in FIGS. 85 and 86, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment includes a base member 2470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 that covers the front and rear of the base member 2470, and a case member 480. The transmission mechanism 2460 is disposed so as to be displaceable between the base member 2470 and the base member 2470, and the decoration member 450 is formed mainly so as to cover the front and rear of the case member 480.

  The base member 2470 is a plate member formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and has projections 472 and 473 protruding to the back surface on one end side, and a standing wall 471a standing upright from the edge portion on the other end side to the front side. A projecting wall 477 projecting from the upper end of the central portion in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 86) to the front side in a U-shape that is vertically opposite, a shaft portion 474 and a shaft portion 474 protruding from the front side. The shaft portions 2470a and 2470b protruding above 475 are mainly provided and formed.

  The shaft portion 2470a is a shaft member that rotatably supports a transmission gear 2468a, which will be described later, and is formed smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 2468a.

  The shaft portion 2470b is a shaft member that rotatably supports a transmission gear 2468b, which will be described later, and is formed smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 2468b. As will be described later, the transmission gear 2468a and the shaft portion 2470a are arranged in a state in which gear tooth surfaces engraved on the outer peripheral surface thereof are in mesh with each other. That is, the distance between the shaft portion 2470a and the shaft portion 2470b in a front view is set to a distance corresponding to the radius of the transmission gear 2468a and the transmission gear 2468b.

  The transmission mechanism 2460 is disposed in front of the base member 470, and has transmission gears 461, 462 and 463, a drive motor KM2 having a shaft portion coupled to the transmission gear 461, and a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 2464 that is slidably disposed in front of the base member 470, a transmission gear 2468a that meshes with the movable rack 2464, and a transmission gear 2468b that meshes with the transmission gear 2468a. A rack 46 that meshes with the transmission gear 2468b and a ball receiving portion 467 that is rotatably disposed on one end side of the rack 466 are mainly formed.

  The movable rack 2464 is formed in a plate-like body having a rectangular oblong shape when viewed from the front, and has a rack gear 464a engraved on the lower end surface, a rack gear 2464g engraved on the upper end surface, and a collision portion 464f projecting on the lower end portion. Is mainly formed.

  The rack gear 2464g is meshed with a transmission gear 2468a described later. Accordingly, when the drive is transmitted from the drive motor KM4 and the rack 466 is displaced, the transmission gear 2468a can be rotated with the displacement.

  The transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are axially supported by the shaft portions 2470a and 2470b of the base member 2470, respectively, in the state of being meshed with each other as described above. Accordingly, when the transmission gear 2468a is rotated, the transmission gear 2468b is rotated. The transmission gear 2468b is meshed with the rack gear 466a of the rack 466. When the transmission gear 2468b is rotated, the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced.

  That is, the rack 466 can be driven by the driving force of the drive motor KM4. The transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are arranged at positions that are partially offset in the front-rear direction, and the transmission gear 2468a and the transmission gear 2468b are suppressed from colliding with the rack 466 and the movable rack 2464.

  Next, the displacement of the lower displacement member 2440 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 87 is a front view of the lower displacement member 2440. Note that, in FIG. 87, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 2440 and the front case 481 are illustrated in a transparent manner, as in FIG. 86.

  As shown in FIG. 87, when electric power is applied to the drive motor KM2 and the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the firing position by the transmission mechanism 2460 described above, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are displaced in mutually different directions. It

  More specifically, the movable rack 464 is displaced to the other end side (left side in FIG. 87) of the lower displacement member 440 by rotating the drive motor KM4. Along with this displacement, the transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are rotated, and the rack 466 is displaced to one end side (right side in FIG. 3). Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced to the third position.

  Therefore, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position, it is possible to form a displacement component that is in a direction opposite to the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467. The displacement of the center of gravity of the displacement member 2440 can be reduced by the displacement of the movable rack 464. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 2440 due to a change in the center of gravity position can be suppressed.

  Next, the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 88 to 93. In the first embodiment, a case has been described in which the ball receiving portion 467 is slid and displaced by the rack and pinion mechanism, but in the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is slid and displaced by the link mechanism. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 3440 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 88 to 91. FIG. 88 (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment, and FIG. 88 (b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member 3440. 89 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 3440, and FIG. 90 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 3440. 91 (a) and 91 (b) are front views of the lower displacement member 3440. FIG.

  Note that FIG. 91A illustrates a state where the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 is transparently viewed, and in FIG. 91B, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 and the front case 3481 are transparently viewed. The closed state is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 88 to 91, the lower displacement member 3440 according to the third embodiment includes a base member 3470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 that covers the front and rear of the base member 3470, the case member 480, and the base. The transmission mechanism 3460 is disposed so as to be displaceable between it and the member 3470, and the decoration member 450 formed so as to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 is mainly formed.

  The base member 3470 is a plate member formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and has projections 472 and 473 protruding to the back surface on one end side, and a standing wall 471a standing from the edge portion on the other end side to the front side. A sliding wall 3470c which is formed continuously from the base end side of the standing wall 471a and is erected on the lower edge of the base member 3470, and the upper end of the center portion in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 88 (a)). Mainly provided with a projecting wall 477 projecting in a U-shape in the vertical direction opposite to the front side from the front side, and an opening 479 recessed in the center of the base member 470 in the vertical direction while extending from one end side to the other end side. It is formed.

  The sliding wall 3470c is a wall portion that comes into contact with the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 and regulates the position (mode) of the ball receiving portion 467c. That is, the protrusion is formed to a position below the ball receiving portion 467. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 can be held with the opening of the U-shaped portion facing upward.

  Further, the sliding wall 3470c is formed with a recessed portion 3470c1 which is recessed below the end portion on the standing wall 471a side. The recess 3470c1 is a groove for receiving the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 therein. Accordingly, when the ball receiving portion 467 is slid to the standing portion side by the transmission mechanism 3460 described later, the ball receiving portion 467 can be received in the concave portion and the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotated. As a result, it is possible to cause the ball receiving portion 467 to perform a firing operation (an operation of discharging the ball held inside the U-shape to the outside of the lower displacement member 3440).

  The transmission mechanism 3460 includes a drive motor KM2 attached to a front case 3480, which will be described later, a first link member 3468 rotatably disposed connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2, and the first link member 3468. It is mainly provided with a second link member 3469 connected in a rotatable state and a ball receiving portion 467 connected to one end side of the second link member 3469.

  The first link member 3468 is formed of a rectangular laterally long plate-shaped body, and has a shaft hole 3468b penetratingly formed on one end side, a connecting hole 3468a connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2, and swelling on the other end side. It is formed mainly by including the formed load portion 3468c.

  The shaft hole 3468b is a through hole into which a rotation shaft 3469a of a second link member 3469 described later is inserted, and is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the rotation shaft 3469a.

  The connection hole 3468a is a hole that is fastened to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 as described above, and is formed to have an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the shaft of the drive motor KM2. When the shaft of the drive motor KM2 is fitted in and fastened to the connecting hole 3468a, the first link member 3468 can be rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM2.

  The load portion 3468c is formed so as to bulge toward the other end side with respect to the connecting hole 3468a. The load portion 346c is a member for applying a load for positioning the center of gravity of the first link member 3468 on the other end side of the connecting hole 3468a, and is formed to bulge outward from one end side.

  The second link member 3469 is formed in a rectangular horizontally long state and is arranged on the back side of the first link member 3468. The second link member 3469 is mainly provided with a rotating shaft 3469a protruding from the other end side toward the front in a cylindrical shape, and a through hole 3469b penetratingly formed in one end side in the front-rear direction.

  The rotating shaft 3469a is inserted into the shaft hole 3468b of the first link member 3468, as described above. Accordingly, the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 can be rotatably connected.

  The through hole 3469b is an opening for connecting the ball receiving portion 467 to the second link member 3469. The through hole 3469b is formed smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b of the ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, the shaft hole 467b of the ball receiving portion 467 and the through hole 3469b are arranged coaxially, and a screw having a head larger than the width of the opening 469 in the lateral direction is installed from the rear side of the base member 3470 to the opening 479 and the shaft hole 467b. Is inserted and fastened to the through hole 3469b, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotatably connected to the second link member.

  The case member 480 is a member that covers the front and rear of the base member 470, and mainly includes a front case 3481 arranged on the front side of the base member 470 and a back case 482 arranged on the back side.

  The front case 3481 is formed in a plate shape that is oblong in the shape of a rectangle when viewed from the front, and has an opening 3481d penetrating therethrough at a position facing the drive motor KM2, a bottom wall portion 481b that is formed to project on the lower end surface on the back side, and a lower edge portion. And a shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction.

  The opening 3481d is a hole for inserting the shaft of the drive motor KM2 arranged on the front side of the front case 3481 into the back side, and has an outer diameter larger than that of the shaft of the drive motor KM2. Accordingly, the driving force of the drive motor KM2 arranged on the front side of the front case 3481 can be transmitted to the first link member 3468 arranged on the rear side.

  Next, the displacement of the lower displacement member 3440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 92 and 93. FIG. 92 (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the first position, and FIG. 92 (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position. FIG. 93 (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the third position, and FIG. 93 (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position.

  In addition, the transition state of the lower displacement member 440 is illustrated in order from FIG. 92 (a) to FIG. 93 (b). Further, FIGS. 92 (a) and 92 (b) or FIGS. 93 (a) and 93 (b) show a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 and the front case 481 are transparently viewed.

  As shown in FIGS. 92 and 93, in the lower displacement member 440 at the first position, the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 have their longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 92A) the longitudinal direction of the base member 3470. The first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 are arranged in a state of being substantially parallel to the direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 92A) and overlapping in the front-rear direction.

  That is, the connecting portion between the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 is arranged on the one end side of the base member 3470 (left side in FIG. 92A). As a result, the second link member 3469 is arranged on the one end side. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 92B, when the drive motor KM2 is rotated and the first link member 3468 is rotationally displaced from the state of the first position, one end side of the first link member 3468 is a base member 3470. Is displaced with respect to. As a result, the second link member 3469 connected to the one end side of the first link member 3468 is displaced. In this case, one end side of the second link member 3469 is connected to the ball receiving portion 467 and slidable along the opening 479 of the base member 3470, so that one end side of the second link member 3469 is connected to the base member 3470. Is extruded to the other end side of. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 connected to the other end side of the second link member 3469 can be displaced to the second position.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 93A, when the drive motor KM2 is further rotationally displaced from the state of the second position and the first link member 3468 is rotated by approximately 180 degrees from the state of the first position. The connecting portion between the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 is placed on the other end side of the base member 3470 with respect to the rotation axis thereof. Therefore, the one end side of the second link member 3469 is further pushed out to the other end side of the base member 3470, and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the third position.

  In this case, the tip end of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged inside the recess 3470c1 so that the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated by the biasing spring SP2 and is fired.

  Further, the load portion 3468c of the first link member 3468 is displaced to the one end side of the base member 3470. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 3440 from being changed when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced with respect to the base member. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 3440 can be suppressed.

  That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position, it is possible to form a displacement component that is in a direction opposite to the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467. The displacement of the center of gravity of the displacement member 3440 can be reduced by the displacement of the load portion 3468c. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to a change in the position of the center of gravity can be suppressed.

  Further, in the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 93 (b), the ball receiving portion 467 can be retracted to the second position and the first position by continuing the rotation of the first link member 3468. Therefore, it is not necessary to switch the control of the drive motor KM2, and the displacement to the second position or the first position can be performed quickly.

  Therefore, when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacing member 440 changes, so that the lower displacing member 3440 tends to rattle, but the ball receiving portion 467 is quickly retracted. Thus, the rattling of the lower displacement member 3440 can be suppressed by quickly bringing the center of gravity position closer to the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440.

  Further, by immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, it is possible to suppress the wobbling of the lower displacement member 3440 due to the reaction of the discharging operation when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467.

  That is, when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced by the amount of the discharged game ball, and the lower displacement member 3440 is likely to be displaced upward due to a reaction, Immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467 causes a reaction force caused by the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 to displace the base member 470 downward, thereby canceling the reaction when the ball is discharged from the lower displacement member 3440. be able to.

  Next, the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 94 to 96. In the first embodiment, the case where the lower displacement member 440 arranged in the retracted state is formed so as to be capable of firing is described, but the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment is the lower displacement member arranged in the retracted state. The firing action of 440 is restricted. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement unit 4400 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 94. FIG. 94 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 4400 according to the fourth embodiment. In FIG. 94, the state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently is shown, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown by a chain line. Further, FIG. 94 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged in the first position.

  As shown in FIG. 94, the lower displacement unit 4400 according to the fourth embodiment has an opening formed in the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 between the standing wall 471a and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 facing each other. 4471b is formed.

  A tip portion 4411g1 of an engagement wall 4411g, which will be described later, is inserted into the opening 4471b. That is, the opening 4471b is opened larger than the tip portion 4411g1.

  The front base 411 is formed with a substantially L-shaped engagement wall 4411g continuous with the bottom surface of the recovery port 411f.

  The engagement wall 4411g can regulate that the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated (fired) at the third position by inserting the tip end portion 4411g1 bent into a substantially L shape into the opening 4471b. .. That is, the tip position of the tip portion 4411g1 is set to be substantially the same as the height of the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b of the lower displacement member 440 located in the retracted state.

  Next, a state in which each member of the lower displacement unit 4400 is displaced will be described with reference to FIGS. 95 and 96. 95 and 96 are front views of the lower displacement unit 4400. 95 and 96 show the state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are transparently seen as in FIG. 94, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is indicated by a chain line. Illustrated.

  Further, FIG. 95 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged in the third position. Further, FIG. 96 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the first projecting state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position.

  As shown in FIG. 95, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the tips of the leg portions 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 come into contact with the upper surface of the tip portion 4411g1 of the engaging wall 4411g and the recess 481b1 or the opening. Intrusion into the 4471b is restricted. This restricts rotation of the ball receiving portion 467.

  Therefore, when the ball receiving portion 467 is caused to perform a payout operation in order to discharge the ball sent to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 to the outside of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving portion 467 is at the third position. It is possible to prevent the game ball held inside the ball receiving portion 467 from being discharged by rotating.

  That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 is changed when the game balls exceeding the specified number (one ball) are discharged from the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467. Can be regulated. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the specified number from the track area.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 96, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the position in the first projecting state (the position which is not the retracted position), the lower displacement member 440 is displaced with respect to the base member 470. Therefore, the opening 4471b of the lower displacement member 440 and the engagement wall 4411g are separated from each other. Therefore, in the first projecting state, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced to the third position to perform the firing operation.

  In other words, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the attitude of the ball receiving portion 467 when the game balls exceeding the specified number (one ball) are discharged from the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467. While suppressing the change, it is possible to easily maintain the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the specified number of game balls, while the lower displacement member 440 is engaged when displaced to the first and second overhang positions. Since the wall 4411g is separated from the internal space of the opening 4471b, the leg portion 467a is engaged with the opening 4471b along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 to the third position, thereby changing the posture of the ball receiving portion 467. Thus, the specified number of game balls can be easily discharged from the ball receiving portion 467.

  Next, a distribution unit 5500 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 97 to 101. In the first embodiment, the case where the distribution member 540 rotates to form the storage state and the regulation state has been described. However, the distribution member 540 in the fifth embodiment slides to form the storage state and the regulation state. To do. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the distribution unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 97 to 100. FIG. 97 (a) is a top view of the distribution unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 97 (b) is a rear view of the distribution unit 5500. FIG. 98 is an exploded perspective front view of the distribution unit 5500, and FIG. 99 is an exploded perspective rear view of the distribution unit 5500. FIG. 100 is a sectional view of the distribution unit 5500 taken along the line CC of FIG. 97 (a). In addition, in FIG. 100, the outer shape of the distribution member 550 is illustrated by a chain line.

  As shown in FIGS. 97 to 99, a distribution unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment includes a base plate 5520 formed in a substantially rectangular shape in front view, and a base plate 5520 attached to the front side of the base plate 5520 and facing the base plate 5520. A path forming member 510 forming a plurality of downflow paths through which spheres can flow, a distribution member 5540 slidably attached to the back surface side of the base plate 5520, and a base plate attached to an end surface of the base plate 5520. It is mainly provided with an extension path member 530 that extends the downflow path of the sphere formed between the facing portion 5520 and the path formation member 510.

  The base plate 5520 has two columnar shaft portions 5526 that project to the back side, a first opening 5521 and a second opening 5522 that are penetratingly formed in a rectangular shape, and a U-shaped cross section in which the upper end side is open to the side surface of the upper end. It is mainly provided with a rolling portion 525 that is formed in a horizontal shape and extends in the left-right direction, and a locking portion 524 that protrudes like a hook on the back side.

  Two shaft portions 5526 are formed so as to project to the back side, and are respectively inserted into two sliding grooves 5546 described below.

  The first opening 5521 and the second opening 5522 are openings through which the restriction plate 541 and the storage plate 5542 of the distribution member 5540, which will be described later, are inserted, and have openings having a width larger than the thickness of the restriction plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542. It is formed. Further, since the distribution member 5540 is attached to the base plate 5520 in a slidable state, the first opening 5521 and the second opening 5522 are larger than the regulation plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542 in the sliding direction of the distribution member 5540. Formed in the opening.

  The distribution member 5540 is formed in a rectangular shape in a front view in which one side is formed long and is formed with a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 5540 includes a restriction plate 5541 and a storage plate 5542 that project in a plate shape toward the front side, and a sliding groove 5546 formed in a long hole that is long in the same direction as the extending direction of the restriction plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542. And a locking portion 544 formed like a hook on the back side.

  The regulation plate 5541 is disposed in the connecting portion between the first ball-sending route KR1 and the second ball-sending route KR2 via the first opening 5521, and the game ball flowing down the first ball-sending route KR1 is the second ball-sending route KR2. It is a plate member that restricts the inflow to, and the distance projected from the first opening 5521 is set to a distance larger than the radius of the game ball.

  Further, the regulation plate 5541 is formed in a linear shape in a front view, and its extending direction is set to be substantially the same as the sliding direction of the distribution member 540. Accordingly, when the sorting member 5540 is slid and displaced, the displacement region of the regulation plate 5541 can be minimized. As a result, the opening area of the first opening 5521 can be minimized, and the rigidity of the base plate 5520 can be secured.

  The storage plate 5542 is a plate member which is arranged on the second ball sending route KR2 through the second opening 5522 and which flows down the game balls flowing down the second ball sending route KR2 to the upstream side of the storage plate 5542. The distance projected from the opening 5522 is set to be larger than the radius of the game ball.

  Further, the storage plate 5542 is formed in a linear shape in a front view, and its extending direction is set to be substantially the same as the sliding direction of the distribution member 540. Accordingly, when the distribution member 5540 is slid and displaced, the displacement region of the storage plate 5542 can be minimized. As a result, the opening area of the second opening 5522 can be minimized, and the rigidity of the base plate 5520 can be secured.

  The sliding groove 5546 is an elongated hole formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The shaft portion 5526 of the base plate 5520 is inserted into the sliding groove 5546. Therefore, by inserting the shaft portion 5526 into the sliding groove 5546 and fastening a screw or the like to the tip end of the shaft portion 5526 from the back side, the sorting member 5540 is held in a slidable state with respect to the base plate 5520. be able to.

  The sliding groove 5546 is formed at two locations and the longitudinal directions of the sliding grooves 5546 are parallel to each other. As a result, the distribution member 5540 can be slid and displaced while suppressing the rotational displacement of the distribution member 5540.

  Next, the displacement of the distribution member 5540 will be described with reference to FIG. 101 (a) and 101 (b) are partially enlarged views of the distribution unit 5500 in the range CI of FIG. In addition, in FIG. 101 (a), a state in which the distribution member 5540 is arranged at the storage position is shown, and in FIG. 101 (b), a state in which the distribution member 5540 is arranged at the regulation position is shown.

  As shown in FIG. 101A, in the state where the distribution member 5540 is arranged at the regulation position, the storage plate 5542 is arranged in the third ball sending route KR3 and the regulation plate 5541 is on the back side of the route formation member 510. It is arranged inside the recess 518 formed in the wall.

  In this case, the distance dimension L9 between the tip of the storage plate 5542 protruding inward of the third ball-sending path KR3 and the inner wall of the third ball-sending path that faces the tip is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the ball delivered from the upstream of the third delivery route KR3 (the first delivery route KR1) is stopped upstream of the storage plate 5542.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 101 (b), in a state where the distribution member 5540 is arranged at the regulation position, the regulation plate 5541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball feeding route KR1 and the third ball feeding route KR3. The regulating plate 5541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball-sending path KR1 and the third ball-sending path KR3, and the storage plate 5542 is arranged inside the recess 519 formed in the wall portion on the back side of the path-forming member 510. It

  In this case, the distance dimension L10 between the end portion of the tip of the regulation plate 5541 protruding inside the first ball-sending path KR1 and the inner wall of the entrance of the third ball-sending path KR3 is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 5541 and is sent to the second ball sending route KR2.

  That is, by switching the distribution member 5540 between the regulation position and the storage position, a state in which the ball to be delivered on the first ball delivery route KR1 is delivered to the third ball delivery route KR3 and stopped on the third ball delivery route KR3, It is possible to form a state in which the sphere flowing down the first ball-sending route KR1 cannot be flown into the third ball-sending route KR3 and is sent to the second ball-sending route KR2.

  Therefore, by slidingly displacing one distributing member 5540, when the flow path of one is divided into the flow path of two, the flow path of the sphere can be surely switched to either one.

  Further, the regulation plate 5541 (distributor) is formed so as to be able to appear in and out of the first ball-sending path KR1 (downflow path) or the third ball-sending path KR3 (first branch path), and its withdrawal position is It is an inner wall on the extension line in the downstream direction at the downstream end of the first ball sending route KR1. Therefore, the regulation plate 5541 can be projected at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the lower end side of the first ball sending route KR1. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from when the regulation plate 5541 starts to be projected to the downflow passage or the third ball feeding route KR3 (first branch passage) until the game balls can be distributed. As a result, it is possible to reliably switch the allocation destination by the regulation plate 5541.

  In addition, the regulation plate 5541 (sorting means) is projected to the third ball sending route KR3 (first branch passage), so that the game ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 (downflow passage) is brought to the second ball sending route ( Since the projecting direction of the regulation plate 5541 is set to the direction toward the upstream end of the second ball sending route KR2, the game ball flowing down the first ball sending route KR1 projects. When it comes into contact with the regulation plate in the middle of, the game ball can be pushed into the second ball sending route KR along with the protrusion operation of the regulation plate. As a result, the distribution to the second ball feeding route KR2 can be performed more reliably.

  Next, a rotating unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 102 to 106. In the first embodiment, the case where the load gear 731e is coupled to the drive of the rotating body 800 and the operation of the rotating body 800 is restricted by the inertial force has been described, but the rotating body 800 in the sixth embodiment is The gear 731e is removed. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the rotation unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 102 to 104. 102 is a front view of the rotary unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 103 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotary unit 6700. FIG. 104 is an exploded perspective rear view of the distribution unit 6500.

  As shown in FIGS. 102 to 104, the rotation unit 6700 includes a decoration unit 6750 including a rotating body 800 that is rotationally displaced, a ball pedestal 710 arranged above the decoration unit 6750 in the gravity direction, and the ball pedestal. 710 and the rear base 720 arranged on the rear side of the decoration unit 6750, the left transmission member 730 arranged on the left side of the decoration unit 6750 in front view, and the crank cover 743 arranged on the right side of the decoration unit 6750 in front view. And is mainly provided.

  The decoration unit 6750 is mainly provided with a box member 760 formed in a box shape whose upper side in the direction of gravity is open, and a rotating body 800 rotatably arranged inside the box member. That is, in the first embodiment, the decoration unit 750 has the rotating body 800 disposed inside the box member 760 and the lid member 770, but in the sixth embodiment, the lid member 770 is removed. It

  The left transmission member 730 is attached with the drive motor KM4 arranged on the left side surface (left side in FIG. 102) of the decoration unit 750, the transmission member 6731 for transmitting the driving force of the drive motor KM4, and the drive motor KM4. A motor base 732, a gear cover 733 that covers the transmission member 6731, and a ball feed path cover 734 that is attached to the gear cover 733 and that is formed with a predetermined gap between the gear cover 733 and the gear cover 733 are mainly formed. Prepared to be formed.

  The transmission member 6731 includes a transmission gear 731a attached to the shaft of the drive motor KM4, a transmission gear 6731b meshed with the transmission gear 731a, a transmission gear 731c meshed with the transmission gear 6731b, and the transmission gear 731c. And a transmission gear 731d coaxially arranged by the shaft 735.

  The transmission gear 6731b is a gear that transmits the driving force to the transmission gear 731c. In the first embodiment, the one-way clutch OW1 is attached inside the transmission gear 731b, but the one-way clutch OW1 is removed from the transmission gear 6731b in the sixth embodiment. Further, the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731d are the same as those in the first embodiment, so detailed description thereof will be omitted.

  Therefore, when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, the driving force in rotation can be transmitted to the shaft 735, and when the driving force in the other direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, the one-way clutch OW1 with respect to the inner wheel. As a result, the outer wheel slips (spins) and transmission of driving force to the shaft 735 is interrupted.

  Next, the rotation of the rotating body 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 105 and 106. 105 (a) to 105 (c) are side views of the decoration unit 6750 in the direction of arrow CV in FIG. 104, and FIGS. 106 (a) to 106 (c) are views in the direction of arrow CV in FIG. 104. 6 is a side view of the decoration unit 6750 in FIG.

  105 and 106, the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 is shown transparently. 105 (a) to 105 (c), the manner in which the center of gravity G of the rotating body 800 displaces in the second section DK2 is illustrated in order. In FIGS. 106 (a) to 106 (c), the rotating body is rotated. The manner in which the center of gravity G of 800 is displaced in the first section DK1 is sequentially illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 105, when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the drive motor KM4, the rotating body 800 is rotationally displaced clockwise (clockwise) as viewed in the left direction (viewed in FIG. 105).

  As described above, the rotating body 800 is formed asymmetrical about the rotation axis, and the center of gravity G is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis. Therefore, the rotor 800 is rotated from the state where the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 106 (a) is arranged above the rotation axis, and the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 106 (b) is displaced to a position substantially horizontal to the rotation axis. When started, the load exerts a force that rotates in the rotational direction.

  Therefore, the engagement of the roller interposed between the outer ring and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731c is released, and the outer ring (rotating body 800 side) precedes the inner ring (drive motor side). And is driven. That is, in the second section, the rotating body 800 can be rotated at a rotation speed higher than that of the drive motor KM4.

  The rotating body 800 that rotates the second section DK2 with the load rotates to the position where the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 105 (c) is located below the rotation axis due to the load.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 106, when the center of gravity G of the rotating body 800 is displaced in the first section DK1, the load of the rotating body 800 acts in the direction opposite to the rotating direction. Therefore, the rotating body 800 is rotated according to the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4.

  Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, the displacement speed of the rotating body 800 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the rotating body 800 in the first section DK1. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the rotating body 800 and enhance the effect of producing the displacement of the rotating body 800.

  Next, a seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 107 to 110. In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the lid member 770 causes the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 to precede the inner ring by its own weight (that is, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 is increased) has been described. The displacement member 7710 in the form uses the weight of the game ball to cause the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 to precede the inner ring (that is, to accelerate the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710). The same parts as those in the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  107 and 108 are schematic side views of the displacement unit 7700 according to the seventh embodiment. Note that FIG. 107 schematically illustrates the state where the displacement member 7710 is arranged in the raised position, and FIG. 108 schematically illustrates the state where the displacement member 7710 is arranged in the lowered position.

  As shown in FIGS. 107 and 108, the displacement unit 7700 includes a displacement member 7710 formed to be slidable and a rotational driving force of a driving unit (not shown, for example, an electric motor) to the displacement member 7710. A transmission member 7720 and a load gear 7730 that rotates with the displacement of the displacement member 7710 are mainly provided.

  The displacement member 7710 is a member that is supported by a support mechanism (not shown) so as to be linearly displaceable along the imaginary line L1, and is driven by a driven pin 7711 projecting from the side surface of the displacement member 7710 and the lower surface of the displacement member 7710. A rack gear 7712 engraved along the imaginary line L1 and a ball receiving member 7713 rotatably supported at the tip of the displacement member 7710 are mainly provided.

  The virtual line L1 is set as a straight line that descends and descends from the ascending position shown in FIG. 107 toward the descending position shown in FIG. That is, in the raised position, the displacement member 7710 is located above the lowered position in the direction of gravity.

  The driven pin 7711 is a member slidably inserted into the drive groove 7723b of the arm member 7723 of the transmission member 7720, and is formed as a columnar body having an outer shape slightly smaller than the groove width of the drive groove 7723b. A load gear 7730 is meshed with the rack gear 7712, and the load gear 7730 is rotated as the displacement member 7710 slides.

  The ball receiving member 7713 is a member for holding the game ball on the upper surface of the displacing member 7710, and is rotated around the rotating shaft 7713a to bring about the standing state shown in FIG. 107 and the tilted state shown in FIG. It can be formed. In the upright state, one end side is projected from the upper surface of the displacement member 7710, so that the game ball can be held (see FIG. 109). On the other hand, in the tilted state, one end side is positioned below the upper surface of the displacement member 7710, so that the game ball can be discharged from the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 (see FIG. 110).

  The ball receiving member 7713 is maintained in an upright state by an urging force acting from an urging spring (for example, a torsion spring) not shown. An engagement pin 7740 is fixed on the orbit of the displacement member 7710 (ball receiving member 7713), and when the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced to the lowered position, the engagement pin 7740 is attached to the other end of the ball receiving member 7713. By engaging 7740, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotated and brought into a tilted state. On the other hand, when the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced to the raised position, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotated by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring and is returned to the tilted state.

  The transmission member 7720 is a disk-shaped rotating member 7721 that is rotatably driven by the above-described drive unit, and is provided so as to project from the axial end surface of the rotating member 7721 and is eccentric from the rotation center of the rotating member 7721. It mainly includes a cylindrical drive pin 7722 and an arm member 7723 in which a driven groove 7723a into which the drive pin 7722 is slidably inserted at one end side is formed.

  A one-way clutch OW1 is provided between the rotating member 7721 and the driving means. Specifically, in the one-way clutch OW1, when the inner wheel is connected to the drive means, the outer wheel is connected to the rotating member 7721, and the inner wheel is rotationally driven in the arrow A direction (clockwise in FIG. 107) by the drive means, When the rotational driving force is transmitted to the outer ring (that is, the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the arrow A direction), while the inner ring is rotationally driven in the direction opposite to the arrow A direction (counterclockwise in FIG. 107) by the driving means. , Disconnects power transmission to the outer ring (rotating member 7721).

  In the arm member 7723, a drive groove 7723b into which the driven pin 7711 of the displacement member 7710 is slidably inserted is formed on the other end side opposite to the one end side where the driven groove 7723a is formed to open. At the same time, a space (intermediate portion) between the driven groove 7723a and the driving groove 7723b is rotatably supported by the rotating shaft 7723c.

  The drive pin 7722 is formed as a columnar body having an outer shape slightly smaller than the groove width of the driven groove 7723a. The driven groove 7723a and the driving groove 7723b are formed as linear grooves along the longitudinal direction of the arm member 7723.

  According to the displacement unit 7700 formed as described above, when the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the arrow A direction (clockwise in FIG. 107) from the state where the displacing member 7710 is arranged in the raised position shown in FIG. 107. The drive pin 7722 acts on the inner wall surface of the driven groove 7723a, and the arm member 7723 is rotated clockwise around the rotation shaft 7723c in FIG. With the clockwise rotation of the arm member 7723, the inner wall surface of the drive groove 7723b acts in the direction of pushing down the driven pin 7711, whereby the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced along the imaginary line L1. It is arranged in the lowered position shown in.

  On the other hand, when the rotating member 7721 is further rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107) from the state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged in the lowered position shown in FIG. 108, the drive pin 7722 moves inside the driven groove 7723a. By acting on the wall surface, the arm member 7723 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 107 about the rotation shaft 7723c. With the counterclockwise rotation of the arm member 7723, the inner wall surface of the drive groove 7723b acts in the direction of pushing up the driven pin 7711, whereby the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced along the imaginary line L1. It is located at the elevated position shown at 107.

  Here, the load gear 7730 is formed so as to generate a predetermined amount of resistance when rotating, like the load gear 731e in the first embodiment. As a result, the weight (self-weight) of the displacement member 7710 acts on the arm member 7723 to rotate the rotating member 7721 in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107), so that the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 moves with respect to the inner ring. It is possible to suppress leading in one direction (direction of arrow A). That is, in a state where the game ball is not held, it is possible to prevent the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 when moving from the raised position to the lowered position to be increased.

  That is, while the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIGS. 107 and 108) by the rotational driving force of the driving unit, the displacement is performed at the slide speed corresponding to the rotational driving speed of the rotational driving unit. The member 7710 is reciprocally displaced (slide displaced) between the raised position and the lowered position.

  109 and 110 are schematic side views of the displacement unit 7700 when the game ball is held by the displacement member 7710. Note that FIG. 109 schematically illustrates the state where the displacement member 7710 is arranged in the raised position, and FIG. 110 schematically illustrates the state where the displacement member 7710 is arranged in the lowered position.

  As shown in FIGS. 109 and 110, the displacement member 7710 is formed on its upper surface so as to be able to hold a game ball. That is, in the present embodiment, the displacement unit 7700 is arranged in a region where the game ball flows down in the game region, and the displacement member 7710 is formed so that the displacement member 7710 can receive the flowing down game ball. In addition, in FIG. 109, a state in which four spheres of game balls indicated by reference symbol T are held on the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 is illustrated.

  In this case, when the displacement member 7710 holds the game ball, the weight of the entire displacement member 7710 is increased (heavier) by the weight of the game ball to exceed the resistance due to the rotation of the load gear 7730. Can be made That is, the weight of the entire displacement member 7710 (weight including the game ball) is applied to the arm member 7723, and the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 109) to rotate the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1. Can precede the inner ring in one direction (direction of arrow A). As a result, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 when moving from the ascending position to the descending position can be made faster than the displacement speed when the game ball is not held (see FIG. 107).

  Further, the weight of the displacement member 7710 as a whole can be changed depending on the number of game balls held. Thereby, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be changed (changed) not only depending on whether or not the game ball is held in the displacement member 7710, but also according to the number of the game balls held. As a result, the variation of the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be increased, and the effect of the production accompanying the displacement of the displacement member 7710 can be enhanced accordingly.

  As described above, the displacing member 7710 is provided with the ball receiving member 7713 at its tip (the end portion on the lower inclined side). Therefore, when the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) receives the game ball flowing down the game area, the force applied from the game ball to the displacement member 7710 is slid toward the descending position. It can act as a force to displace. That is, the force can be applied in a direction in which the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 precedes the inner ring in one direction (direction of arrow A) via the arm member 7723 and the rotating member 7721.

  Thus, when the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) receives the game ball flowing down, the kinetic energy of the game ball is used to slide the displacement member 7710 toward the descending position. The displacement speed of displacement can be made faster.

  In this case, the flowing down game balls have different downflow directions and downflow speeds. Therefore, the force (magnitude of kinetic energy) applied to the displacing member 7710 can be changed according to the difference in the flow down state (flow down direction or flow down speed) of the game ball to be received. Accordingly, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 is changed (changed) not only according to whether or not the game ball is held in the displacement member 7710 and the number of game balls held therein, but also according to the flowing state of the game ball. Can be done). As a result, the variation of the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be increased, and the effect of the production accompanying the displacement of the displacement member 7710 can be enhanced accordingly.

  Further, in the seventh embodiment, since the rotating member 7721 rotates in one direction, it is not necessary to switch the driving direction of the driving unit. In other words, the displacement member 7710 can be reciprocally displaced by continuously rotating the rotating means in one direction. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the time for switching the driving direction of the driving unit. As a result, the displacement member 7710 can be immediately displaced by the amount that does not require switching of the driving means.

  In this case, by immediately displacing the displacement member 7710, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotationally displaced and is caused by the reaction when the game ball received by the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) is dropped. It is possible to suppress rattling of the displacement member 7710.

  That is, when the game ball is dropped from the displacement member 7710 (ball receiving member 7713), the load of the displacement member 7710 is reduced by the amount of the dropped game ball, and the displacement member 7710 is likely to be displaced upward due to a reaction. However, by displacing the displacement member 7710 immediately, a reaction force due to the displacement of the ball receiving member 7713 exerts a force that displaces the displacement member 7710 downward to cancel the reaction when the ball is dropped from the displacement member 7710. be able to.

  Note that the game ball flowing down the game area is not limited to the game ball moving along the direction of gravity on the front surface (front surface) of the game board 13, and includes a game ball moving in a direction different from the direction of gravity. As a game ball that moves in a direction different from the gravity direction, for example, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the gravity direction by colliding with a nail, tulip, or accessory, or after rolling the stage and jumping out of the stage Thus, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the gravity direction is illustrated.

  Here, in the present embodiment, by providing the load gear 7730, when the displacement member 7710 does not hold the game ball (see FIG. 107), when the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced toward the lowered position. The one-way clutch OW1 is configured so that the outer wheel does not precede the inner wheel in one direction (direction of arrow A) (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 does not increase).

  On the other hand, when the load gear 7730 is omitted or the resistance of the load gear 7730 is set to a small value and the displacement member 7710 is slid and displaced toward the lowered position, the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is different from the inner ring. May be configured to precede in one direction (direction of arrow A) (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 becomes faster). That is, even when the weight (self-weight) of the displacement member 7710 is applied to the arm member 7723 and the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 107), the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 becomes the inner ring. You may make it precede.

  Next, the upper plate 8017 in the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 111 to 114. On the upper plate 8017 in the eighth embodiment, a rotation operation unit 8650 is arranged at a substantially central position in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. It should be noted that the same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

  First, the overall configuration of the rotary operation unit 8650 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 111 to 113. FIG. 111 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment. FIG. 112 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotation operation unit 8650. 113 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine 10 taken along the line CXIII-CXIII in FIG. 111.

  As shown in FIGS. 111 to 113, the rotation operation unit 8650 is arranged in the internal space of the upper tray 8017 of the pachinko machine 10, and the outer peripheral surface of the later-described rotation operation portion 8654 projects outside the upper tray 8017. It is arranged in the state of

  The rotation operation unit 8650 includes a drive motor KM6, a transmission gear 8651 connected to the shaft portion of the drive motor KM6, a transmission gear 8652 meshed with the outer peripheral surface of the transmission gear 8651, and a shaft of the transmission gear 8652. A shaft portion 8653 that is fitted in the hole, a one-way clutch OW1 in which an inner ring is fitted in the shaft portion 8653, and a rotation operating portion 8654 that is fitted in an outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 are mainly formed. ..

  The transmission gear 8651 is connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM6. Therefore, the transmission gear 8651 can be rotated by applying the rotational driving force to the drive motor KM6. As described above, the transmission gear 8651 is arranged in the meshed state with the transmission gear 8652. Therefore, when the driving force for rotation is applied to the drive motor KM6, the transmission gear 8652 can be rotated via the transmission gear 8651.

  The shaft portion 8653 is a rod member formed in a column shape, and its axial length is longer than the width dimension of the rotary operation portion 8654 in the left-right direction. As described above, one of the shaft portions 8653 is fitted into the shaft hole of the transmission gear 8652 and the other is inserted into the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1. Thus, the driving force when the transmission gear 8652 is rotated can be transmitted to the one-way clutch OW1.

  As described above, the one-way clutch OW1 is formed of the inner ring, the outer ring, and the roller engaged therebetween, and when the inner ring is rotated in one direction, the rotation of the inner ring can be transmitted to the outer ring while the inner ring is rotated in the other direction. When rotated, the rotation of the inner ring can be made non-transmitted to the outer ring.

  The rotation operation portion 8654 is formed in an annular shape, and is arranged with a part of the outer peripheral surface thereof protruding from the upper plate 8017. Further, the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is fitted in the inner circle portion of the rotation operation portion 8654. That is, the inward inclination of the rotation operation portion 8654 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the one-way clutch OW1. Therefore, rotation is transmitted to rotation operation unit 8654 by rotating the outer wheel of one-way clutch OW1.

  As a result, when the drive motor KM6 is driven and rotated in one direction, the rotation is transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 via the transmission gears 8651 and 8652 and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1, and the rotation operation portion 8654 is generated. Is rotated. On the other hand, when the drive motor KM6 is driven and rotated in the other direction, the inner wheel and the outer wheel of the one-way clutch OW1 are not transmitted, and the transmission of the rotation drive to the rotation operation portion 8654 is cut off.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 114, a case where the player operates the rotation operation unit 8654 will be described. FIG. 114 is a schematic sectional view of the pachinko machine 10. The cross section of FIG. 114 corresponds to FIG. 113.

  As described above, the rotation operation unit 8654 rotates the drive motor KM6, whereby the rotation operation unit 8654 rotates, and the rotation operation unit 8654 does not rotate the rotation operation unit 8654. A mode in which the displacement is stopped can be formed.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 114, when the drive motor KM6 is rotated in one direction and the rotation operation part 8654 is rotated in the A direction, the player operates the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation part 8654 to rotate the rotation operation part. When a rotational force is generated in 8654 in the same direction as the rotation A direction, the outer peripheral surface of the one-way clutch OW1 and the rotation operation portion 8654 are rotated in advance. That is, the rotation operation unit 8654 can be operated at a speed higher than the rotation speed of the drive motor KM6 by the operation of the player.

  Further, when the rotation operating portion 8654 is not rotated (the drive motor KM6 is not rotated), the player applies a driving force to the rotation operating portion 8654 in the rotation A direction to rotationally displace the rotation operating portion 8654. be able to.

  Therefore, in the eighth embodiment, the rotation operating portion 8654 not only forms a non-rotating or rotating state by the driving of the drive motor KM6, but also the rotating operating portion 8654 rotates from the stopped state by the operation of the player. Further, it is possible to form a mode in which the rotation operation portion 8654 is rotated at a higher speed from the rotation state by the player's operation.

  As a result, since it is possible to form a plurality of modes for allowing the player to visually recognize the displacement mode of the rotation operation unit 8654, it is possible to provide the player with interest. Further, by forming a plurality of rotation modes of the rotation operation unit 8654, it is possible to form a plurality of effect modes of the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, it is possible to provide the player with interest by the increase in the effect.

  Note that a sensor device or the like that measures the number of rotations of the rotation operation unit 8654 is arranged on the side surface of the rotation operation unit 8654, and an effect that is changed based on the number of rotations or the rotation speed of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be performed.

  Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiments, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Is easily guessed.

  In each of the above embodiments, part or all of one embodiment may be replaced with or combined with part or all of the other one or more embodiments to configure a gaming machine.

  In the above-described first embodiment, in order to retract the ball receiving portion 467 from the third position to the second position or the first position, the driving motor KM2 is driven. However, from the third position to the second position or the first position. The drive for retracting to the 1 position may be driven by an urging spring. For example, an urging spring is provided between the rack 466 or the movable rack 464 and the base member 470, and an elastic force is applied as the rack 466 or the movable rack 464 is displaced.

  In this case, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position and performs the payout operation, the drive of the drive motor KM3 is turned off, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the second position or the second position by the biasing force of the biasing spring. It can be displaced to the 1 position side.

  Therefore, it is possible to displace the ball receiving portion 467 by using the time until the driving force of the drive motor KM2 is switched to the third position. Therefore, the discharge when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467. It is possible to suppress the wobbling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the reaction of the operation.

  That is, when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced by the amount of the discharged game ball, and the lower displacement member 440 is likely to be displaced upward due to a reaction, By immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, a reaction force due to the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 is applied to displace the base member 470 downward, and the reaction when the ball is discharged from the lower displacing member 440 is canceled. be able to.

  In the above-described first embodiment, a case has been described in which two engaging protrusions 882 that restrict the rotation of the rotating body 800 are formed on the side surface of the rotating body 800 at a predetermined interval, but the present invention is not limited to this. Absent. For example, a plurality of side walls of the rotating body 800 may be provided in series at a predetermined interval. In this case, the rotation of the rotating body 800 can be restricted at any position, and the rotating body 800 can be restricted from rotating by an external force when the lid member 770 is opened.

  In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the opening 831 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 and the game ball is fed from the opening 831 has been described. However, the opening 831 is opposite to the communication hole 881b of the rotating body 800. May be formed on the side surface of. That is, openings may be formed on both side surfaces in the axial direction of the rotating body 800, one of which serves as a ball inlet and the other serves as a ball outlet. In this case, since a ball-sending path can be formed inside the rotating body 800, the accessory (the rotating body 800) can be used as a ball-sending path especially when there is no space for arrangement on the back side of the game board 13. It is possible to secure the ball-sending route without increasing the size of the game board 13.

  In the above-described first embodiment, the rotating body 800 has been described as having a cylindrical outer shape, but the outer shape is not limited to this. For example, the shape may be polygonal, elliptical, or a combination thereof. In this case, since the shape of the rotating body 800 can be complicated, it is possible for the player to easily recognize that the effect has been switched by the rotational displacement of the rotating body 800.

  In the eighth embodiment, the case where the outer peripheral surface of the rotary operation portion 8654 is formed so that it can be operated by the player has been described, but a push-down button may be arranged on the outer peripheral surface of the rotary operation portion 8654. In this case, the player can perform not only an operation of applying a rotational force to the rotation operation unit 8654 but also an operation of pressing a push button, or an operation in which a rotation operation of the rotation operation unit 8654 and a pressing operation are combined. .. As a result, a plurality of operation modes of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be formed, and the player can be entertained.

  Although the case where the transmission gear 8651 and the transmission gear 8652 are in mesh with each other has been described in the eighth embodiment, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a torque limiter or the like may be provided between the transmission gear 8651 and the transmission gear 8652 to block the transmission of the driving force when an overload is applied.

  In this case, when the player stops the rotation of the rotating operation unit 8654 in the rotating state, the transmission of the rotational driving force from the drive motor KM6 can be interrupted and the rotation of the rotating operation unit 8654 can be suppressed. .. As a result, when the player inputs a rotation in the direction opposite to the rotation in the A direction to the rotation operation unit 8654, the rotation operation unit 8650 can be prevented from being broken.

  Furthermore, when the player operates the rotation operation unit 8654, when the player's finger or clothes is caught between the rotation operation unit 8654 and the upper plate 8017 on the rotation direction side, the rotation is stopped, It is possible to suppress further pinching of the player's fingers or clothes. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being injured by being sandwiched between the rotation operation unit 8654 and the upper plate 8017.

  In the eighth embodiment, the rotation direction of the rotation operation portion 8654 is the A direction, but the rotation direction is not limited to this. For example, the rotation direction of the rotation operation unit 8654 may be the left-right direction with respect to the pachinko machine 10. In this case, the player can be caused to perform an action associated with the effect of the game machine, and the effect of the effect can be improved. For example, by operating the rotation operation unit 8654 with the left hand so that the rotation operation unit 8654 is rotated rightward, it is possible to produce an effect such as hitting (sloping) the character or the like displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

  The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from those of the above embodiments. For example, once a big hit occurs, a pachinko machine (commonly called a 2nd right thing, a 3rd right thing, etc.) that can increase the expected value of a big hit until a big hit state occurs multiple times (for example, 2 or 3 times) including that. May be implemented as). Further, after the jackpot pattern is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to a player on condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. In addition, it may be implemented in a pachinko machine which is in a special game state, having a winning device having a special area such as a V zone, and winning a ball in the special area is a necessary condition. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, various game machines such as arepaches, sparrow balls, slot machines, game machines in which so-called pachinko machines and slot machines are integrated may be implemented.

  In the slot machine, for example, the symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in the state where the coin is inserted and the symbol effective line is determined, and the symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of the slot machine is that "a display device that variably displays an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and then confirms the identification information is provided, and is caused by the operation of a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The variable display of the identification information is started by the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses, the variable display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed, and then stopped. It becomes a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player, provided that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is typically a coin, medal, or the like. Take as an example.

  Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device for fixedly displaying the symbols after variably displaying a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols is provided, and a handle for ball launching is provided. Some are not. In this case, after throwing in a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the fluctuation of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or the predetermined By the passage of time, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player is generated as a necessary condition that the definite symbol at the time of stopping is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player is given a special game value. Is a large amount of balls dispensed to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be treated as a gaming value in the gaming hall, which is the gaming value seen in the current gaming hall in which pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on the equipment and the restriction on the place where the game machine is installed due to the separate handling of the medal and the ball.

  The concept of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be shown below.

<About the concept of the invention using the lower displacement unit 400 as an example>
A displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and capable of moving a game ball along with the displacement in the first direction, and a game from a track area of the displacement member to a track area of the displacement member. In a gaming machine provided with a restricting means for restricting a ball from being fed, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable from the reference position in a second direction opposite to the first direction. A gaming machine A1.

  Here, a displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in the first direction from the reference position and capable of moving the game ball along with the displacement in the first direction, and a trajectory region of the displacement member from outside the trajectory region of the displacement member. There is known a game machine provided with a restricting means for restricting the sending of a game ball to the player (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-166997). According to this gaming machine, the regulation by the regulation means can prevent the prescribed number or more of the game spheres from being delivered to the track region of the displacement member. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, when the regulating means malfunctions due to, for example, sticking or abrasion, there is a risk that a prescribed number or more of gaming balls will be delivered toward the orbital region of the displacement member. Yes, in this case, there is a problem that a problem may occur due to the game balls exceeding the specified number. That is, for example, there is a risk that the game balls in excess of the specified number enter the drive mechanism of the displacement member and are caught in the movable part, resulting in damage. Alternatively, there is a possibility that the game balls exceeding the specified number may flow out of the game area (for example, the back side of the game board).

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, since the displacement member is formed so as to be displaceable from the reference position in the second direction which is the opposite direction to the first direction, the track area of the displacement member can be expanded accordingly. Therefore, for example, even if the regulation means malfunctions and more than the specified number of game balls are sent, the track region of the displacement member is expanded, and the game balls exceeding the specified number are set in the track region. Can accept. As a result, it is possible to move the game balls in excess of the specified number with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction. Therefore, it is possible to prevent game balls in excess of the specified number from entering the drive mechanism portion of the displacement member and flowing out of the game area, and as a result, a problem caused by the game balls in excess of the specified number can be prevented. It can be hard to occur.

  In the gaming machine A1, a passage member is provided which is formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass and the downstream of which is communicated with the track region of the displacement member, and the restricting means restricts passage of the game ball in the passage member. Characteristic game machine A2.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A1, a passage member formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass and the downstream of which is communicated with the track region of the displacement member is provided, and the restricting means is a game in the passage member. Since the passage of the ball is regulated, for example, even when the regulation means malfunctions and more than the specified number of game balls are sent, the number of game balls exceeding the specified number is passed through the passage member to the displacement member. It is possible to reliably send the ball to the orbital area. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for a problem due to the game balls to exceed the specified number.

  In the gaming machine A2, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to receive and hold a specified number of game balls sent from the passage member at the reference position, and at least the diameter of the game ball in the second direction from the reference position. A gaming machine A3, which is formed so as to be displaceable by a distance exceeding the distance.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A2, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to receive and hold the prescribed number of gaming balls sent from the passage member at the reference position, and the second position from the reference position. Since it is formed to be displaceable in at least a distance exceeding the diameter of the game ball in the direction, after receiving the specified number of game balls at the reference position, by displacing the displacement member in the second direction from the reference position, the specified number is set. It is possible to send the excess game balls to the track region of the displacement member (the region on the first direction side of the displacement member). Therefore, the game balls in excess of the specified number can be moved with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction.

  In this case, the displacement member holds a specified number of game balls and can send more than the specified number of game balls to the trajectory area, so these specified number of game balls and the specified number of game balls are separated. can do. Therefore, for example, by displacing the displacement member in the first direction, the operation of discharging only the game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls It will be possible.

  In the gaming machine A3, the displacing member is formed so that its posture can be changed when it is displaced in the first direction and reaches a predetermined position.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A3, the displacement member is formed so that its posture can be changed when it is displaced in the first direction and reaches a predetermined position, so that a predetermined number of games are played up to the predetermined position. While making it easier to maintain the state in which the sphere is held by the displacement member, it is possible to prevent the game sphere from falling off the displacement member, while when reaching a predetermined position, the change in the posture of the displacement member is used to make a game sphere. Can be easily discharged from the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine A4, the displacement member is provided with a recessed portion that is recessed in a track region when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and the displacement member is provided in the recessed portion when displaced in the first direction. A gaming machine A5, comprising a protrusion to be engaged, and the posture is formed to be changeable by engaging the protrusion with the recess.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A4, the gaming machine A4 includes a recessed portion that is recessed in the track region when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. Since the protrusion is engaged with the recess and the protrusion is engaged with the recess to change the posture, the structure for changing the posture of the displacement member can be simplified.

  In the gaming machine A5, the projecting portion projects from the displacement member in the first direction, and the projecting tip hits the lower half surface of the game ball sent to the track area of the displacement member. A gaming machine A6 characterized by being contacted.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A5, the projecting portion is projected from the displacement member in the first direction, and the projecting tip of the projecting ball is sent to the track region of the displacement member. Since it is formed so as to be able to contact the lower half surface of the game ball (that is, the number of game balls exceeding the specified number), when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction, the lower half surface of the game ball is projected by the protrusion. It can be moved while pushing. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge the game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area.

  In addition, the protrusion is interposed between the specified number of game balls held by the displacement member and the game balls sent to the orbital area of the displacement member (the number of game balls exceeding the specified number). It is possible to secure a gap between the prescribed number of game balls and the prescribed number of game balls, which corresponds to the protruding length of the part. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls.

  Further, the role of changing the posture of the displacement member by engaging with the recess and the role of moving the game ball while pushing the lower half surface thereof are also used as the protrusions, so that the number of parts can be reduced accordingly and the product The cost can be reduced.

  In the gaming machine A5 or A6, the size of the recess in the first direction is smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball, the gaming machine A7.

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A5 or A6, the size of the concave portion in the first direction is made smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball, so the gaming ball sent to the track area of the displacement member. That is, it is possible to easily pass through the recess when (the number of game balls exceeding the specified number) is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge the game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area.

  In any of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the displacement member is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball in a track region when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and is higher than the recess. When the game ball sent to the track region of the displacement member is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball is provided with the wall portion located on the first direction side. A game machine A8, which is brought into contact with a portion and the displacement member to restrict a change in posture of the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in any of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the displacement member is erected at a height lower than the radius of the gaming ball in the track region when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and is recessed. When the game ball sent to the track region of the displacement member is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball and the wall portion are provided. Since it is formed in contact with the displacement member so that the change in posture of the displacement member can be regulated, while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds a specified number of game balls, only the game balls that exceed the specified number are played. It can be easily discharged from the track area.

  That is, since the wall portion is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball, when the game ball is moved by being pushed by the protrusion due to the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball is moved. The lower half surface can be brought into contact with the wall portion so that the game ball can easily pass over the wall portion. In this case, the game ball is brought into contact with the displacement member (that is, the game ball is interposed between the displacement member and the wall), and a reaction force can be applied from the game ball to the displacement member. The posture change can be regulated, and the prescribed number of game balls held by the displacement member can be prevented from falling off. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls.

  On the other hand, when the game balls (that is, more than a specified number of game balls) have not been sent to the orbital area of the displacement member, since the game ball is not interposed between the wall portion and the displacement member, the protrusion is a recess. When engaged, the posture of the displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge the specified number of game balls (that is, the game balls held by the displacement member) from the displacement member by utilizing the change in the posture of the displacement member.

  The gaming machine A9 according to any one of the gaming machines A1 to A8, wherein the restricting means is operably formed in association with a displacement of the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A1 to A8, the restricting means is formed so as to be operable in association with the displacement of the displacement member, so that the displacement member is displaced according to the displacement of the displacement member. It is possible to restrict or allow the sending of game balls to the track area of the member. That is, it is possible to switch the regulation or allowance of the sending of the game ball mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, so that, for example, depending on the sensor device for detecting the position of the regulating means or the detection result of the sensor device. It is not necessary to control the driving means for driving the regulating means or each of these means, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and the reliability of the operation can be improved.

  In the gaming machine A9, the restricting means allows the game ball to be sent to the track area of the displacement member in conjunction with the displacement member being displaced from the reference position in the second direction. Characteristic game machine A10.

  According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A9, the restricting means interlocks with the displacement of the displacement member in the second direction from the reference position, and the game ball to the track region of the displacement member. Since the ball is allowed to be sent, it is possible to reliably send the game ball to the track region of the displacement member and to the region on the first direction side of the displacement member.

  In any of the gaming machines A1 to A10, a base member on which the displacement member is displaceably arranged, and a base member vertically arranged below the end portion of the base member on the first direction side and arranged vertically upward. A gaming machine A11, comprising a recovery member having an opening.

  According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effect exhibited by the gaming machine A10, the displacement member is disposed so as to be displaceable, and the base member is disposed vertically below the end portion on the first direction side of the base member. Along with the recovery member having an opening vertically upward, a game ball that is moved along with the movement of the displacement member in the first direction and is discharged from the orbital region of the displacement member (that is, the amount exceeding the specified number) A game ball) can be received and collected from the opening of the collecting member.

  In the gaming machine A11, the base member is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position and a displaced position, and the opening of the recovery member is at least the first member of the base member displaced to the retracted position or the displaced position. A gaming machine A12, which is formed to have a size located vertically below an end on the direction side.

  According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A11, the base member is formed so as to be displaceable between the retracted position and the displaced position, and the opening of the recovery member is displaced to at least the retracted position or the displaced position. Since the base member is formed to have a size that is positioned vertically below the end portion on the first direction side in the base member, the base member is discharged from the track region of the displacement member regardless of whether the base member is displaced to the retracted position or the displaced position. The game balls to be played (that is, the game balls in excess of the specified number) can be received and collected from the opening of the collecting member.

  In any of the gaming machines A5 to A8, the gaming machine A13 is provided with an insertion member that is inserted into the recessed space of the recess to restrict the projection from engaging with the recess. ..

  According to the gaming machine A13, in any one of the gaming machines A5 to A8, the gaming machine A13 is provided with an insertion member that is inserted into the recessed space of the recessed portion to restrict engagement of the protrusion with the recessed portion. With the displacement in the first direction, it is possible to prevent the posture of the displacement member from being changed when the game balls in excess of the specified number are discharged from the track region of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls in excess of the specified number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls.

  The gaming machine A13 includes a base member that is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position and a displaced position, and the displaceable member is displaceably disposed, and the insertion member displaces the base member to the retracted position. The gaming machine A14 is inserted into the recessed space of the recessed portion, and is separated from the recessed space of the recessed portion when the base member is displaced to the displacement position.

  According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A13, when the base member is displaced to the retracted position, the insertion member is inserted into the recessed space of the recess, so that the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. With this, when the number of game balls exceeding the specified number is discharged from the track area of the displacement member, it is suppressed that the posture of the displacement member is changed, and the state that the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls. While the insertion member is separated from the recessed space of the recess when the base member is displaced to the displacement position, the protrusion engages with the recess as the displacement member moves in the first direction. By being combined, the posture of the displacement member can be changed, and a specified number of game balls can be easily discharged from the displacement member.

<About the concept of the invention with the distribution unit 500 as an example>
A downflow passage through which a game ball flows down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage. In a gaming machine provided with a sorting means for sorting, a displacing member is provided which is formed so as to be displaceable and receives a game ball from the first branch passage, and the displacing member comes into contact with the allocating means and is displaced. The game machine B1 is characterized in that the distribution means is displaced and the distribution destination is switched.

  Here, a downflow passage through which the game ball flows down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and the game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage. A gaming machine provided with a sorting means for sorting is known (for example, JP-A-2014-223176). However, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, since the game balls flowing down the downflow passage are alternately distributed to the first branch passage and the second branch passage, the game balls flowing down the downflow passage, The first branch passage and the second branch passage are evenly distributed (that is, half each). That is, there is a problem that the number of game balls to be distributed to the first branch passage cannot be changed.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, a displacing member is formed and is provided with a game ball from the first branch passage. Since the means is displaced and the distribution destination is switched, the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage or the second branch passage can be changed according to the displacement of the displacement member. That is, the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be changed.

  According to the gaming machine B1, the allocating means can be displaced by utilizing the displacement of the displacing member, so that it is not necessary to separately provide a driving means or a transmission mechanism for displacing the allocating means. it can. Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Further, for example, in the structure in which the displacement of the sorting means is controlled by using the position detection by the sensor device or the driving by the driving means, the reliability of the sorting operation of the sorting means is deteriorated due to malfunction due to poor detection or poor control. However, according to the gaming machine B1, since the distribution destination by the distribution means can be switched mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, the reliability of the distribution operation can be improved.

  In particular, since the displacement member is a member that receives the game balls from the first branch passage, it is possible to switch the distribution destination of the distribution means to the first branch passage in synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, thereby making the first branch passage. The game ball distributed to the passage can be reliably received by the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine B1, the displacing member is provided with urging means for applying an urging force to the allocating means to maintain the distribution destination of the allocating means in one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage. By displacing the distribution means in a direction that opposes the direction of the biasing force, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the other of the first branch passage or the second branch passage, and the biasing is performed. A gaming machine B2, wherein the distribution destination by the distribution means is returned to one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage by the biasing force of the means.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1, an urging force is applied to the distribution means so that the distribution destination by the distribution means is maintained in one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage. Since the biasing means is provided, it is possible to prevent the sorting destination by the sorting means from being carelessly switched. In this case, since the distribution means is displaced along with the displacement of the displacement member and the distribution destination is switched, the return to the distribution destination before the switching can be performed by the urging force of the urging means. It is not necessary that the member is in contact with the distribution unit. That is, the displacement member can be separated from the sorting means. Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the movable range of the displacement member can be increased.

  In the gaming machine B2, the urging means applies an urging force to the allocating means to maintain the distribution destination of the allocating means in the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine B2, the urging means applies the urging force to the allocating means to maintain the distribution destination by the allocating means in the second branch passage. It is possible to prevent the distribution destination by the distribution means from being switched to the first branch passage when the game ball cannot be received.

  In the gaming machine B3, a base member that is formed to be displaceable between a first position and a second position and in which the displacement member is disposed is provided, and in a state where the base member is disposed in the first position, , The displacement member is capable of receiving the game ball from the first branch passage and is capable of abutting on the distribution means, and the displacement is made in a state where the base member is arranged at the second position. A gaming machine B4, wherein the member is incapable of receiving the game ball from the first branch passage and is incapable of contacting with the distribution means.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effect exhibited by the gaming machine B3, the gaming machine B4 includes a base member that is displaceable between the first position and the second position, and the displacement member is disposed on the base member. It is possible to form a mode in which the displacement member is displaced with the base member placed in the first position and a mode in which the displacement member is displaced with the base member placed in the second position. Therefore, the effect can be enhanced accordingly.

  In this case, when the base member is arranged in the second position, the displacement member cannot receive the game ball from the first branch passage, but in this state, the displacement member cannot contact the distribution means. Therefore, in the state where the displacement member cannot receive the game ball (the state where the base member is arranged at the second position), it is possible to prevent the distribution destination by the distribution unit from being switched to the first branch passage.

  The gaming machine B4 is provided with a second base member formed as a member different from the base member, and the sorting means is disposed on the second base member.

  According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B4, the gaming machine B5 includes a second base member formed as a member different from the base member, and the second base member is provided with the allocating means. Therefore, the base member can be prevented from increasing in size.

  In any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable at least in a switching position and a receiving position set to a position different from the switching position, and the displacement member is displaced to the switching position. In the state, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, and in the state where the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position, the displacement member can receive the game ball from the first branch passage. At the same time, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the second branch passage, the gaming machine B6.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect produced by any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the displacement member is formed to be at least displaceable between a switching position and a receiving position set at a position different from the switching position, When the displacement member is displaced to the switching position, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, and when the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position, the displacement member moves the game ball from the first branch passage. As well as being receivable, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the second branch passage, so that it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number that the displacement member can receive from being distributed to the first branch passage.

  That is, when the switching position and the receiving position are set to the same position, the displacing member receives the game ball while the distribution destination by the allocating means is switched to the first branch passage. There is a risk that the game balls will be distributed to the first branch passage in excess of the prescribed number that can be received. When the means for restricting the inflow of the game balls into the first branch passage is separately provided, the structure becomes complicated and the reliability is lowered, and the product cost is increased.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B6, the displacement member is displaced to the switching position, and after the prescribed number (or less than or equal to) of the game balls are distributed to the first branch passage, the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position. Then, since the distribution destination is switched to the second branch passage, it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number from flowing down to the first branch passage. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number that the displacement member can receive from being distributed to the first branch passage. Further, since it is not necessary to separately provide the above-mentioned means, it is possible to improve reliability and reduce product cost.

  In the gaming machine B6, the first branch passage is formed as one or a plurality of protrusions or recesses protruding or recessed on the inner wall surface of the gaming machine B6, and the resistance imparts resistance to the game ball passing through the first branch passage. A gaming machine B7 comprising means.

  According to the gaming machine B7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B6, the first branch passage is formed as one or a plurality of protrusions or recesses that are provided to project or recess on the inner wall surface thereof, and pass through the first branch passage. Since the resistance means for imparting resistance to the game ball is provided, the speed of the game ball passing through the first branch passage can be reduced. Therefore, the time required for the displacement member to be displaced from the switching position to the receiving position can be lengthened accordingly, so that the displacement member can reliably receive the game ball. In addition, since the displacement speed required for the displacement member can be slowed down, the output of the drive means can be reduced to reduce the product cost.

  In the gaming machine B6 or B7, the sorting means includes a first retractable portion and a second retractable portion formed so as to be retractable in and out of the first branch passage according to the displacement of the sorting means, and The 1 projecting / retracting portion is formed so as to be able to distribute the game ball flowing down the downflow passage to the 2nd branching passage by projecting into the first branching passage, and the second projecting / retracting portion is more than the first projecting / retracting portion. Is also located on the downstream side of the first branch passage and protrudes into the first branch passage, so that the flow down of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be regulated, and the first projecting / retracting portion is formed. The game machine B8, wherein one of the second projecting and retracting portion is retracted outside the passage of the first branch passage in a state where one protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B6 or B7, the distribution means includes a first projecting / retracting portion formed so as to be retractable with respect to the first branch passage in accordance with the displacement of the distributing means. A second projecting / retracting portion is provided, and the first projecting / retracting portion is formed to project to the first branch passage so that a game ball flowing down the downflow passage can be distributed to the second branch passage. It is formed on the downstream side of the first branch passage with respect to the projecting / retracting portion, and by projecting into the first branch passage, the flow down of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be regulated, and the first projecting / retracting portion is formed. Since the other of the second projecting and retracting portion is retracted outside the passage of the first branch passage in the state where one protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage, the allocating means is displaced along with the displacement of the displacement member. Thus, only a specified number of game balls can be distributed to the first branch passage and received by the displacement member.

  That is, when the first projecting / retracting portion is projected, the game ball flowing down the downflow passage is distributed to the second branch passage in the first state, and by the first projecting / retracting portion retracting, the game ball flowing down the downflow passage. A second state in which the game balls are distributed to the first branch passage, a second state in which the second projecting / retracting portion is projected to restrict the flow down of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage (the game balls are stored), and a third state, By withdrawing the 2 projecting / retracting portion, it is possible to form a fourth state in which the game balls stored in the first branch passage are made to flow down to be received by the displacement member, and by combining these states, it is possible to define Only a few game balls can be distributed to the first branch passage and received by the displacement member.

  Further, according to the gaming machine B8, the sorting means includes the first projecting / retracting portion and the second projecting / retracting portion, that is, is formed as one part, so the structure of the sorting means (the first projecting / retracting portion and the second projecting / retracting portion). Can be simplified and the structure for operating those to exert their functions) can be simplified. Furthermore, since the other of the first protruding / retracting portion and the second protruding / retracting portion is retracted outside the passage of the first branch passage when one protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage, two positions of the displacement member (switching position It is sufficient that the sorting means is also formed so as to be displaceable in two positions in accordance with the receiving position). That is, the first to fourth states described above can be formed by displacing the distribution unit at two positions. Therefore, the structure of the distribution means and the structure of displacing the distribution means according to the displacement of the displacement member can be simplified, and the reliability of the distribution operation of the game balls can be improved accordingly.

<About the concept of the invention with the distribution unit 500 as an example>
A downflow passage through which a game ball flows down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage. In a gaming machine provided with a distribution means for distributing, a flow-down state changing means which is located on the downstream side of the distribution means and which restricts or permits the flow down of the game balls in the first branch passage is characterized by being provided. Gaming machine C1.

  Here, a downflow passage through which the game ball flows down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage. A gaming machine provided with a sorting means for sorting is known (for example, JP-A-2014-223176). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the gaming balls flowing down the downflow passage are only distributed to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, and it is insufficient to give the player amusement. There was a problem.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, since the game machine C1 is provided with the flow-down state changing means which is located on the downstream side of the distributing means and regulates or allows the flow-down of the game balls in the first branch passage, the game is interesting to the player. Can be given.

  That is, by the operation of the flow-down state changing means, the flow down of the game ball distributed to the first branch passage is regulated to store the game ball in the first branch passage, and the flow down of the game ball in the first branch passage is allowed. The game balls stored in the first branch passage can be made to flow down (open). Thereby, in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the flow-down passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, the operation of temporarily stopping (storing) the flow-down of the game ball distributed to the first branch passage , An operation of causing the stopped (stored) game ball to flow down (open) can be formed. As a result, the player can be provided with an interest.

  In the gaming machine C1, the distribution means and the flow-down state changing means are provided integrally with each other, and the first branch passage is provided when the distribution destination of the distribution means is the first branch passage. In the state where the flow down of the game ball in is regulated by the flow down state changing means and the distribution destination by the distribution means is the second branch passage, the flow down of the game ball in the first branch passage is performed by the flow down state changing means. A gaming machine C2 characterized by being allowed.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1, the distribution means and the flow-down state changing means are provided with an integral member, so that the distribution means and the flow-down state changing means are operated. It is possible to simplify the structure and improve the reliability of operation. That is, when the distribution unit and the flow-down state changing unit are separately formed, two parts are provided, so that the structure for operating the two parts is complicated and the reliability of the operation is deteriorated. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C2, the distribution means and the flow-down state changing means can be formed as one component, so that the structure can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced and the operational reliability can be improved. Can be planned.

  Further, in this case, when the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage due to the operation of the integrated member, the flow-down state changing means regulates the flow-down of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage to the first branch passage. When the game balls are stored in the branch passage and the distribution destination by the distribution means is the second branch passage, the flow-down state changing means allows the flow of the game balls in the first branch passage and is stored in the first branch passage. The game ball that has been played can be made to flow down (open). That is, in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the flow-down passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, the operation of temporarily stopping (storing) the flow-down of the game ball distributed to the first branch passage, Not only can the operation of causing the stopped (stored) game ball to flow down (open) be formed, but these storing and opening operations can be alternately formed in conjunction with the sorting operation.

  In the gaming machine C2, the integrated member is formed to be displaceable between a first state position and a second state position, and in a state in which the integrated member is displaced to the first state position, the sorting means is the first The one branch passage is arranged at a position to which the distribution is made, and the flow-down state changing means is arranged at a position for restricting the flow down of the game ball in the first branch passage, and the integrated member is displaced to the second state position. In a state, the distribution means is arranged at a position where the second branch passage is a distribution destination, and the flow-down state changing means is arranged at a position which allows a game ball to flow down in the first branch passage. A gaming machine C3.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C2, the integrated member is formed to be displaceable between the first state position and the second state position, and in the state where the integrated member is displaced to the first state position. , The distribution means is arranged at a position where the first branch passage is the distribution destination, and the flow-down state changing means is arranged at a position that regulates the flow down of the game balls in the first branch passage, and the integrated member is displaced to the second state position. In the opened state, the distribution means is arranged at a position where the second branch passage is distributed, and the flow-down state changing means is arranged at a position which allows the game balls to flow down in the first branch passage, so that the integral member is formed. By displacing the two positions (first state position and second state position), in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the downflow passage to one of the first branch passage or the second branch passage, It is possible to form an operation that temporarily stops (stores) the flow down of the distributed game balls and an operation that flows down (opens) the stopped (stored) game ball, and at the same time, store and open these operations. , Can be formed alternately in conjunction with the sorting operation. That is, the structure can be simplified to reduce the product cost and improve the operation reliability.

  In the gaming machine C3, the integral member is rotatably formed, and at least the flow-down state changing means is formed so as to be retractable into and out of the first branch passage, and the game ball is projected into the first branch passage. The gaming machine C4 is formed in a shape curved in an arc shape centering on the rotation axis of the integrated member while restricting the flow-down.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C3, the integral member is formed to be rotatable, and at least the flow-down state changing means is formed to be retractable from the first branch passage, and the first branch passage is provided. The flow of the game ball is regulated by projecting to, and it is formed in a shape curved in an arc centered on the rotation axis of the integral member, so that the flow-down state changing means appears and disappears, and thus the inner wall of the first branch passage. It is possible to reduce the area of the hole opened in the.

  In the gaming machine C4, the flow-down state changing means is arranged in a posture in which the side facing the upstream of the first branch passage is concave.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C4, the downflow state changing means is arranged in a posture in which the side facing the upstream side of the first branch passage is concave, so that the downflow state is changed to the first branch passage. In the initial state where the means starts to project (that is, only the tip side of the flow-down state changing means is projected into the passage), the shape of the tip side of the flow-down state changing means is easy to regulate the flow of the game ball. It can be arranged in the direction, and the flow down of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be easily regulated.

  Further, in the state in which the flow-down state changing means is projected to the maximum to the first branch passage and regulates the flow down of the game ball, the recess of the flow-down state changing means can hold the game ball stably, so that the game ball can be prevented from going wild. ..

  In the gaming machine C4 or C5, a biasing force is applied to the integrated member so that the flow-down state changing means biases in a direction projecting toward the first branch passage. A gaming machine C6, wherein a distance to the rotation axis of the integrated member is set to be larger than a distance from the distribution unit to the rotation axis of the integrated member.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C4 or C5, the gaming machine C6 is provided with a biasing means for imparting a biasing force to the integrated member and biasing the flow-down state changing means in a direction projecting to the first branch passage. Therefore, by utilizing such biasing force, the integrated member can be easily maintained in the attitude (that is, the first state position) in which the flow-down state changing means projects into the first branch passage.

  In this case, in the gaming machine C6, the distance from the flow-down state changing means to the rotating shaft of the integrated member is made larger than the distance from the distributing means to the rotating shaft of the integrated member, so that the flowing down game sphere is collided. Since the distance from the rotation axis is large, even if the same impact force acts, the flow-down state changing means is likely to sink, and the biasing direction of the biasing means causes the flow-down state changing means to project into the first branch passage. By setting the moving direction to the direction, it is possible to suppress the flow-down state changing unit from being depressed by the amount of the biasing force.

  In the gaming machine C6, the integrated member is rotated in a direction in which the flow-down state changing means projects to the first branch passage due to its own weight, the gaming machine C7.

  According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C6, the integrated member is rotated in the direction in which the flow-down state changing means projects toward the first branch passage due to its own weight, so that the integrated weight is utilized to integrally It is possible to easily maintain the member in the attitude (that is, the first state position) in which the flow-down state changing unit projects into the first branch passage. Therefore, when the game ball collides, it is possible to further suppress the flow-down state changing means from being immersed due to its own weight.

  Further, even if the urging means is dropped, the integrated component is maintained by its own weight in a posture in which the flow-down state changing means is projected to the first branch passage, so that the game ball flows down to the first branch passage. Can be suppressed.

  In any of the gaming machines C2 to C7, the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage, and the flow down of the game balls in the first branch passage is restricted by the flow down state changing means, A gaming machine C8 characterized in that, in a state where a prescribed number of game balls are stored in the branch passage, a game ball flowing down the downflow passage is formed to be able to flow down to the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines C2 to C7, the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage and the flow down of the game ball in the first branch passage is the flow down state changing means. In a state where a predetermined number of game balls are stored in the first branch passage, the game balls flowing down the downflow passage are formed to be able to flow down to the second branch passage, so that a predetermined number or more of the game balls flow down. When flowing down the passage, it is possible to prevent the game balls exceeding the specified number from remaining in the flowing passage. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the allocating means (the operation in which the distribution destination is the second branch passage) being obstructed by the game ball stuck in the flow-down passage.

  In the gaming machine C8, the inner wall on the side facing the second branch passage in the downflow passage has a gaming ball flowing down the downflow passage, the end of the prescribed number of game balls stored in the first branch passage. A game machine C9, which is formed so as to be guided to a side surface of the game ball on the side of the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine C8, the inner wall of the downflow passage facing the second branch passage has a predetermined number of game balls flowing down the downflow passage, which are stored in the first branch passage. Since it is formed so that it can be guided to the side surface on the side of the second branch passage in the last game ball of the game balls, the game ball flowing down the downflow passage is made to collide with the last game ball of the prescribed number of game balls. After that, it can be easily flowed down to the second branch passage.

  The last game ball of the specified number of game balls means a game ball located on the upstream side (the side opposite to the flow-down state changing means). Further, when the prescribed number is 1, the last game ball means the game ball itself stored in the first branch passage.

  In the gaming machine C8 or C9, the downflow direction of the downstream end of the downflow passage is formed in a direction different from the downflow direction of the upstream end of the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effect exhibited by the gaming machine C8 or C9, the downstream direction of the downstream end of the downstream passage is formed in a direction different from the downstream direction of the upstream end of the first branch passage. When the flowing down game ball collides with the last game ball of the specified number of game balls stored in the first branch passage, the direction of the repulsive force applied to the last game ball is set to the direction of the first branch passage. It can be different from the downstream direction of the upstream end. As a result, it is possible to prevent the last game ball from popping out from the upstream end of the first branch passage and flowing into the second branch passage due to the repulsive force at the time of collision.

  In any of the gaming machines C2 to C10, the sorting means is formed to be retractable with respect to the downflow passage or the first branch passage, and the position of withdrawal thereof is in the downflow direction at the downstream end of the downflow passage. A gaming machine C11, which is an inner wall on an extension line of the gaming machine C11.

  According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines C2 to C10, the sorting means is formed so as to be retractable into and out of the downflow passage or the first branch passage, and the position of inflow / outflow is downflow. Since it is an inner wall on the extension line in the downstream direction at the downstream end of the passage, it is possible to project the distribution means at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the downstream end of the downstream passage. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from the start of projecting the sorting means to the downflow passage or the first branch passage until the game balls can be sorted. As a result, the distribution destination can be switched more reliably by the distribution means.

  In the gaming machine C11, the distribution means distributes the game balls flowing down the downflow passage to the second branch passage by being projected into the downflow passage or the first branch passage, and the distribution is performed. The gaming machine C12, wherein the projecting direction of the means is set to the directing direction at the upstream end of the second branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effect exhibited by the gaming machine C11, the distribution means projects the downflow passage or the first branch passage to distribute the game balls flowing down the downflow passage to the second branch passage. That is, since the projecting direction of the sorting means is set to the direction in which the upstream end of the second branch passage is directed, when the game ball flowing down the downflow passage comes into contact with the sorting means in the middle of the projecting operation. Can push such a game ball into the second branch passage along with the projecting operation of the sorting means. As a result, the distribution to the second branch passage can be performed more reliably.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C12, the first branch passage is formed to be inclined downward toward the downstream side, and a game ball is formed on the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity so that the gaming ball can roll. The game machine C13, wherein the changing means is formed so as to be retractable from the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity into the first branch passage.

  According to the gaming machine C13, in addition to the effect produced by any of the gaming machines C1 to C12, the first branch passage is formed to be inclined downward toward the downstream side, and the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity of the gaming ball is It is formed so as to be rollable, and the flow-down state changing means is formed so as to be retractable from the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity into the first branch passage, so that the flow-down state changing means starts projecting into the first branch passage and then the game is started. It is possible to shorten the time required to reach the state where the flow of the ball can be regulated. As a result, the distribution destination of the distribution means is switched from the second branch passage to the first branch passage, and when the game balls are distributed to the first branch passage, the flow-down state changing means is used to regulate the flow of the game balls. The protrusion can be easily made in time.

  In any of the gaming machines C1 to C13, the flow-down state changing means is formed so as to be retractable from the first branch passage, and at least in the state of maximum protrusion to the first branch passage, in the protruding direction. A game machine C14 in which a force component is applied from the game ball to the flow-down state changing means.

  According to the gaming machine C14, in any of the gaming machines C1 to C13, the flow-down state changing means is formed so as to be retractable into and out of the first branch passage, and is projected at least in the state of maximum projection to the first branch passage. Since the force component in the direction of the action is applied from the game ball to the flow-down state changing means, when restricting the flow-down of the game ball distributed to the first branch passage, the flow-down is caused by the impact of the collision of the game ball. It is possible to prevent the state changing means from being immersed. Therefore, it is possible to easily regulate the flow down of the game ball.

<About the concept of the invention using the lower displacement unit 400 as an example>
In a gaming machine including a base member, a base member having one side displaceably disposed on the base member, and a displacement member displaceably disposed on the base member, a base accompanying displacement of the displacement member. A gaming machine D1 comprising a suppressing means for suppressing a reaction of a member.

  Here, a gaming machine including a base member, a base member that is displaceably disposed on one side of the base member, and a displacement member that is displaceably disposed on the base member is known (for example, , JP2015-029849). According to this gaming machine, in addition to the effect of displacing the base member between the extended position overhanging to the game area and visible to the player and the retracted position retracted from the game area, the base member is added. An effect of displacing the displacing member can be performed in the state in which the displacing member is arranged at the projecting position.

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, one side of the base member is displaceably disposed on the base member, and thus when the displacement member is displaced, the rattling of the base member with respect to the base member with the one side as a fulcrum. There is a problem that is likely to occur.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the suppression means for suppressing the reaction of the base member due to the displacement of the displacement member is provided, the occurrence of rattling of the base member with respect to the base member when the displacement member is displaced is suppressed. can do.

  The reaction force associated with the displacement of the displacement member is generated by, for example, a change in the center of gravity associated with the displacement of the displacement member, or an inertial force associated with an increase or decrease in the displacement speed of the displacement member (a change in acceleration). Examples include those generated by the reaction force when the displacement member is displaced and the game sphere is emitted.

  In the gaming machine D1, the suppressing means includes a disposing member disposed displaceably on the base member, the displaceable member is formed to be capable of holding and ejecting a game ball, and the disposing member is A gaming machine D2, which is formed to be displaceable when a game ball is emitted from the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D1, the suppressing means includes a disposing member displaceably disposed on the base member, and the displaceable member is capable of holding and ejecting the game ball. Since the disposing member is formed so as to be displaceable when the game ball is emitted from the displaceable member, it is possible to suppress the rattling of the base member with respect to the base member. That is, when the game ball is launched from the displacing member, the position of the center of gravity of the base member is changed by the weight of the game ball. For example, it is arranged in a direction that cancels the change in the center of gravity position due to the launch of the game ball. When the configuration of displacing the installation member is adopted, it is possible to suppress the rattling of the base member due to the change of the position of the center of gravity. Further, when the game ball is launched from the displacement member, the base member receives a reaction with the launch of the game ball, for example, a configuration in which the arrangement member is displaced in a direction that cancels the reaction associated with the launch of the game ball. When adopted, it is possible to suppress the rattling of the base member due to the reaction.

  In the gaming machine D1 or D2, when the displacement member is displaced, an inverse member that is displaced with at least a displacement component that is in a direction opposite to the displacement direction of the displacement member is provided.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D1 or D2, when the displacement member is displaced, an inverse member that is displaced with at least a displacement component opposite to the displacement direction of the displacement member is provided. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the change in the center of gravity of the base member due to the displacement of the displacement member by the displacement of the reverse member. As a result, it is possible to suppress the rattling of the base member due to the change in the position of the center of gravity.

  In addition, if the configuration is such that the displacement of the reverse member is started when the displacement of the displacement member is started, it is possible to cancel at least a part of the inertial forces of both. As a result, rattling of the base member when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state can be easily suppressed.

  The gaming machine D2 or D3 includes a transmission mechanism that transmits the displacement of the displacement member to the disposing member or / and the reverse member to displace the disposing member or / and the reverse member. A gaming machine D4.

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D2 or D3, a transmission mechanism for transmitting the displacement of the displacement member to the disposing member or (and) reverse member to displace the disposing member or (and) reverse member. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide drive means for displacing the disposing member and / or the reverse member. That is, the drive means for displacing the displacement member can also be used as the drive means for displacing the disposing member and / or the reverse member. Therefore, the weight of the base member can be reduced accordingly, and the rattling can be easily suppressed.

  Further, since the arrangement or / and the reverse member can be mechanically synchronized with the displacement of the displacement member, the position of the displacement member can be detected by the sensor device and the arrangement can be performed according to the detection result. The control of driving the member or / and the reverse member by the driving means is not necessary, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and the reliability of the displacement operation of the displacement member or / and the reverse member with respect to the displacement member can be reduced. Can be secured.

  In any of the gaming machines D1 to D4, the displacement member starts displacement from a second position, and the displacement member starts from a first position closer to one side of the base member than the second position. A gaming machine D5, which is formed so that it can be formed, and in which at least the base member is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member, the displacement is started from the first position.

  Here, when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state, the change in acceleration becomes maximum, and therefore the rattling of the base member is likely to occur due to the influence of the inertial force.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines D1 to D4, the displacement member starts to be displaced from the second position, and one side of the base member more than the second position. And a state in which at least the base member is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member (for example, the base member overhangs in the game area and is displaced from the player). At the visible overhang position), the displacement starts from the first position, so that the rattling of the base member can be suppressed. That is, the first position is closer to the one side of the base member than the second position. Therefore, by setting the first position as the start position of the displacement of the displacement member, the weight of the displacement member is set to the base position. The member can be kept close to the fulcrum when the rattling with respect to the base member, and accordingly, the influence of the inertia force when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state can be made difficult to act on the base member. As a result, rattling of the base member can be easily suppressed.

  In the gaming machine D5, a pinion gear arranged on the base member and a rack member having a rack gear meshed with the pinion gear are provided, and the displacement member is arranged on the rack member. Machine D6.

  According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D5, a pinion gear arranged on the base member and a rack member formed with a rack gear meshed with the pinion gear are provided, and the displacement member is provided on the rack member. When the displacement of the displacement member is started from the first position, not only the weight of the rack member but also the weight of the rack member is located on one side of the base member (the base member is relative to the base member). It can be kept close to the fulcrum of rattling. As a result, rattling of the base member when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state can be easily suppressed.

  In the gaming machine D6, the displacement direction when the displacement member starts displacement from the first position is a direction away from one side of the base member.

  According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D6, the displacement direction when the displacement member starts displacement from the first position is a direction away from one side of the base member, so the displacement member is at the first position. The rack member can be brought closer to one side of the base member in the state where the rack member is arranged. That is, in order for the displacement member (rack member) to be displaced in the direction away from the one side of the base member, the rack member is configured such that the portion on the rack gear side where the pinion gear is engaged after the displacement member is started to be displaced is the base. It will be directed to one side of the member. Therefore, the weight of the rack member can be made closer to one side of the base member (the fulcrum when the base member rattles with respect to the base member), and as a result, when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state. The rattling of the base member can be easily suppressed.

  In any one of the gaming machines D1 to D7, the base member is provided with a support structure that supports one side of the base member in a displaceable manner, and a drive mechanism that drives the base member supported by the support structure, The displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold and emit the game ball, and the drive mechanism controls the displacement of the base member in the direction of the reaction when the game ball is emitted from the displacement member. A gaming machine D8 comprising:

  According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effect obtained by any one of the gaming machines D1 to D7, a support structure that displaceably supports one side of the base member on the base member and a base member supported by the support structure are driven. The displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold and emit the game ball, and the drive mechanism allows the base member to be displaced in the direction of the reaction when the game ball is emitted from the displacement member. Since the restricting means for restricting is provided, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the base member with respect to the base member due to the reaction. As a result, rattling of the base member can be suppressed.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
In a gaming machine including a rotating body member that is rotatably formed and whose outer peripheral surface is arranged to be visible to a player, a gaming machine is provided with a displacement member that is displaceably arranged on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member. Characteristic gaming machine E1.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a rotating body member that is rotatably formed and has an outer peripheral surface that is visible to the player (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-119140). In this gaming machine, the rotating body member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the display (pattern) on the outer peripheral surface thereof is made visible to the player while rotating the rotating body member or stopping the rotating body member. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since only the production mode that allows the player to visually recognize the display of the outer peripheral surface can be formed with the rotation or stop of the rotating body member, the change in the production mode is poor and the production effect There was a problem that was insufficient.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E1, since the displacement member is provided displaceably on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member, the outer peripheral surface is displayed to the player as the rotating body member is rotated or stopped. In addition to the visual effect aspect to be visually recognized, an effect aspect in which the displacement member is displaced can be formed, and accordingly, the effect effect can be enhanced by changing the effect aspect.

  It should be noted that the rotating body member does not need to have a circular cross-sectional shape taken along a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis thereof, and may have a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a combination thereof. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the turning drum member does not have to be the peripheral surface, and may be a flat surface, a curved surface, or a combination thereof.

  In the gaming machine E1, the displacement member is formed so as to be displaceable between at least a first position and a second position, and at the first position, a part of an outer peripheral surface of the turning body member is formed by the displacement member. At the second position, at least a part of the displacement member is projected outward in the radial direction of the turning body member, the gaming machine E2.

  According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E1, when the displacement member is displaced to the first position, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is formed by the displacement member, so that the rotating body member The outer shape can be reduced, and accordingly, the space required for the rotating body member to rotate can be reduced. On the other hand, when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, at least a part of the displacement member is projected outward in the radial direction of the rotating body member, so that the displacement of the displacement member can be easily visually recognized by the player, and the effect is produced. Can be increased. Further, for example, by rotating the rotating body member in a state where the displacement member is arranged at the first position, and arranging (displaceing) the displacement member at the second position when the rotation of the rotating body member is stopped, A part (displacement member) that is visually recognized as the outer peripheral surface of the turning body member can be formed in such a manner that it is projected outward in the radial direction of the turning body member, which can enhance interest.

  In the gaming machine E2, a light emitting means for emitting light is provided, the turning body member is formed to have an internal space, the light emitting means is arranged in the internal space, and the displacement member is the second member. When displaced to a position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is opened, and the internal space is communicated with the outside.

  According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E2, the gaming machine E2 is provided with a light emitting means for emitting light, and the rotating body member is formed to have an internal space, and the light emitting means is arranged in the internal space. When the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is opened and the internal space is communicated with the outside, so that the light emitted by the light emitting means can be emitted to the outside and the displacement member is Is displaced to the first position, it is possible to block the emission to the outside. As a result, the effect of production can be enhanced.

  Any one of the gaming machines E1 to E3 is provided with a driving unit that generates a driving force, and a transmitting unit that transmits the driving force of the driving unit to the rotating member and the displacing member. ..

  Here, in order to form the rotatable body member rotatably and displaceably dispose the displacement member on the rotatable body member, a drive means is required for each of the rotatable body member and the displacement member, which reduces the product cost. Bulky. Further, when the driving means for displacing the displacement member is mounted on the rotating body member, the weight of the rotating body member increases, and it becomes difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the rotating body member.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines E1 to E3, the driving means for generating the driving force and the driving force of the driving means are applied to the rotating body member and the displacement member. Since the transmission means for transmitting is provided, it is possible to perform the rotation of the rotating body member and the displacement of the displacement member by also using one driving means. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced. Further, since it is not necessary to mount a drive means for displacing the displacement member on the rotating body member, the weight of the rotating body member can be reduced, and the rotation of the rotating body member can be started or stopped smoothly.

  In the gaming machine E4, the drive means is formed to be capable of generating a rotational drive force, and the transmission means includes a rotation side transmission means for transmitting the rotational drive force of the drive means to the rotating body member, and the drive means. Displacement side transmission means for transmitting the rotational drive force to the displacement member, and transmitting the rotational drive force to one of the rotational side transmission means or the displacement side transmission means in accordance with the rotational direction of the rotational drive force of the drive means. A game machine E5, which is provided with a one-way clutch mechanism that cuts off transmission to the other.

  According to the gaming machine E5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E4, the driving means is formed so as to be capable of generating a rotational driving force, and the transmission means transmits the rotational driving force of the driving means to the rotating body member. Means, a displacement side transmission means for transmitting the rotational drive force of the drive means to the displacement member, and the rotational drive force is transmitted to one of the rotational side transmission means or the displacement side transmission means according to the rotational direction of the rotational drive force of the drive means. In addition, since the one-way clutch mechanism that cuts off the transmission to the other is provided, it is possible to switch the drive target (rotating member or displacement member) driven by the rotational driving force only by switching the rotation direction of the driving unit. That is, it is possible to switch between the rotation of the rotating body member and the stop of the rotation thereof and the displacement of the displacement member and the stop of the displacement thereof in accordance with the rotation direction of the driving means, and a plurality of modes can be formed while the structure is formed. Can be simplified.

  In the gaming machine E5, the rotation-side transmission means includes a gear train that forms a part or the whole of a transmission path that transmits the rotational driving force of the drive unit to the rotating body member, and one of the gear trains. A gaming machine E6, which is provided with a load gear that is meshed.

  Here, in the structure in which the one-way clutch mechanism is used to switch the drive target (rotating member or displacement member) according to the rotation direction of the driving means, when the transmission of the driving force from the driving means is interrupted, The rotation or displacement in the direction driven by the driving force becomes free. Therefore, for example, when the drive target of the drive means is switched from the rotating body member to the displacement member and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, the rotating body member is in a rotatable state and continues to rotate due to inertial force (rotation). May be

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E5, the rotation-side transmission means forms a part or all of the transmission path that transmits the rotational driving force of the driving means to the rotating body member. And a load gear that meshes with one gear of the gear train, even if the transmission of the rotational driving force from the drive means is interrupted, the load (resistance ) Can be used to suppress the continuous rotation of the body member.

  In the gaming machine E5 or E6, the gaming machine E7 is provided with a reverse rotation restricting means for restricting the rotation of the rotating body member in a direction opposite to the direction rotated by the rotational driving force of the driving means. ..

  According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E5 or E6, the reverse rotation restricting means for restricting the rotation of the body member in the direction opposite to the direction rotated by the rotational driving force of the driving means is provided. Since it is provided, it is possible to prevent the rotating body member from being reversely rotated due to, for example, deviation of the center of gravity of the rotating body member or collision of a game ball.

  In the gaming machine E2 or E3, the rotating body member is formed to have an internal space, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is opened, and the internal space is formed. A gaming machine E8 characterized by being communicated with the gaming area.

  According to the gaming machine E8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E2 or E3, the rotating body member is formed to have an internal space, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member. Is opened and the internal space is communicated with the game area, so that the game ball flowing down the game area flows into the internal space of the rotating body member, or the game ball in the internal space of the rotating body member flows out to the game area. Can be made Further, when the displacement member is displaced to the first position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is closed, so that the flow of the game balls between the internal space and the game area can be blocked. As a result, the effect of production can be enhanced.

  In the gaming machine E8, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotating body member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the other side opposite to the one side is the game. A gaming machine E9 characterized by being projected to an area.

  According to the gaming machine E9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E8, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotation body member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the opposite side to the one side. Since the other side which is to be extended to the game area, it is possible to receive the game ball flowing down the game area on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to facilitate the flow of the game ball flowing down the game area into the internal space of the rotating member by using the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine E9, the displacing member has a top surface inclined downward from the other side toward the one side in a state in which the displacing member is displaced to the second position.

  According to the gaming machine E10, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E9, the displacement member has its upper surface inclined downward from the other side toward the one side in the state displaced to the second position, so that the gaming area is reduced. After receiving the flown down game ball on the upper surface of the displacement member, the received game ball can be guided (rolled) to the internal space of the rotating member along the descending inclination of the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to facilitate the flow of the game ball flowing down the game area into the internal space of the rotating member by using the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine E9 or E10, the gaming machine E11 is provided with a displacement setting means for restricting or allowing the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the rotating body member.

  According to the gaming machine E11, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E9 or E10, the gaming machine E11 is provided with a displacement setting means for restricting or allowing the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the rotating body member. It is possible to suppress interference with other members around the rotating body member.

  In any one of the gaming machines E9 to E11, a rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the rotating body member is provided, and the rotation restricting member has the displacement member displaced to the second position, and the other side of the displacement member is A gaming machine E12, which restricts the rotation of the rotating body member when the gaming machine E12 is extended to the game area.

  According to the gaming machine E12, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines E9 to E11, the gaming machine E12 is provided with a rotation regulating means for regulating the rotation of the body member, and the rotation regulating member has the displacement member displaced to the second position. , When the other side of the displacement member is extended to the game area, the rotation of the rotating body member is restricted, so that the rotating body member is rotated in the state where the displacement member is extended and positioned on the rotation locus. The displacement member can be prevented from interfering with other members. In addition, it is possible to suppress the rotation body member from rotating due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
In a gaming machine having a rotating body member that is rotatably formed and whose outer peripheral surface is arranged to be visible to a player, the rotating body member has an internal space formed therein, and the internal space is an external space. And a communication port formed so that a game ball can pass therethrough, and a gaming machine F1.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine including a rotating body member that is rotatably formed and has an outer peripheral surface that is visible to the player (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-119140). According to this gaming machine, the rotating body member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the display (pattern) on the outer peripheral surface thereof is made visible to the player while rotating the rotating body member or stopping the rotating body member. be able to. However, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that the spinning body member is insufficiently utilized only as a member for holding a display for the player to visually recognize on the outer peripheral surface thereof. It was That is, since the rotating body member needs to hold a display that can be visually recognized by the player, it is formed in a relatively large size. Therefore, while the space occupied by the rotating body member increases, the parts other than the outer peripheral surface thereof are not utilized.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F1, the rotating body member has an internal space formed therein, and a communication port formed so as to allow the game ball to pass therethrough while allowing the internal space to communicate with the outside. The game ball flowing down the game area can be flown into or out of the internal space through the communication port. Therefore, the internal space of the turning drum member, which is a dead space, can be made to function as a storage space for the game balls or a ball sending passage, and the turning drum member can be utilized accordingly.

  The communication port may be formed in only one place of the rotating body member, or may be formed in two or more places. When the communication port is formed only at one place, the communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member. As a result, the position of the communication port can be moved up and down according to the rotational position of the rotating body member, so that the game ball is flown into or out of the internal space through the communication port (the communication port faces upward). It is possible to flow the game ball into the internal space at the same time, and to flow out the game ball in the internal space when the communication port faces downward).

  Further, the rotating body member does not need to have a circular cross-sectional shape taken along a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis thereof, and may have a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a shape obtained by combining them. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the turning drum member does not have to be the peripheral surface, and may be a flat surface, a curved surface, or a combination thereof.

  In the gaming machine F1, the communication port is provided with a first communication port and a second communication port formed at a position different from the first communication port.

  According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F1, the communication opening includes the first communication opening and the second communication opening formed at a position different from the first communication opening. One of the communication port or the second communication port is used as an inflow port for inflowing the game ball into the internal space from the outside, and the other of the first communication port or the second communication port is for outflowing the game ball from the internal space to the outside. Can be That is, the rotating body member can be utilized as a ball-sending path for a game ball without rotating the rotating body member (while maintaining the stopped state). It should be noted that the rotating body member may be used as a ball feeding passage while the rotating body member is being rotated.

  In the gaming machine F2, the first communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the turning member, and is formed as an inflow port for allowing a game ball flowing down a game area to flow into the internal space, and the second communication port is A gaming machine F3, which is formed on an end surface of the rotating body member in a rotation axis direction and is formed as an outlet for letting a game ball flow out from the internal space to a game area.

  According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F2, the first communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the spinning member, and is formed as an inflow port for allowing a game ball flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space. , The second communication port is formed on the end surface of the rotating body member in the rotation axis direction and is formed as an outlet for flowing the game ball from the internal space to the game area. The player can easily see the inflow, and the game ball can be discharged while the rotating body member is maintained in the stopped state.

  That is, when the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is arranged so that it can be visually recognized by the player, the first communication port (inflow port) is formed on the outer peripheral surface, so that the player can visually recognize the inflow of the game ball. It can be done easily. On the other hand, when the second communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member, the game ball cannot be discharged from the internal space when the rotating body member is displaced to the rotational position where the communication port is located above. Since the second communication port (outflow port) is formed on the end surface of the rotating body member in the rotation axis direction, it is possible to form a state in which the game ball can flow out from the internal space regardless of the rotation position of the rotating body member.

  In any of the gaming machines F1 to F3, a displacement member that is displaceably disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member is provided, and when the displacement member is displaced to a first position, the communication port is displaced. A gaming machine F4, which is shielded by a member, and the communication port is opened when the displacement member is displaced to the second position.

  According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F3, the gaming machine F4 includes a displacement member displaceably arranged on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member, and the displacement member is displaced to the first position. Then, the communication port is shielded by the displacement member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the communication port is opened, so that the inflow and outflow of the game ball through the communication port is blocked and allowed. You can switch.

  In the gaming machine F4, the communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body member, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotating body member, and the displacement member is located at the second position. When displaced, the other side, which is the opposite side to the one side, is projected to the game area, and the gaming machine F5.

  According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E4, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotation body member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the opposite side to the one side. Since the other side which is to be extended to the game area, it is possible to receive the game ball flowing down the game area on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, for example, when the communication port is formed as the inflow port, it is possible to facilitate the flow of the game ball flowing down the game area into the internal space of the rotating member by using the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine F5, the displacing member is positioned such that one side of the displacing member is located on the front side in the rotation direction of the rotating body member with respect to the other side.

  According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F5, one side of the displacement member is located more forward than the other side in the rotation direction of the rotating body member, so that the rotating body member is rotated. Even if the displacement member interferes with the member arranged around the rotation body member, the force generated by the interference can be applied in the direction of closing the displacement member (displacement to the first position). That is, it is possible to suppress the displacement member from interfering with other members and being overhanging (displaced to the second position) when the rotating body member rotates. In addition, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from engaging with another member and hindering the rotation of the rotating body member.

  In any of the gaming machines F1 to F6, a base member on which the rotating body member is rotatably provided, and a base member supported by the base member and arranged in an internal space of the rotating body member to the rotating body member. On the other hand, a gaming machine F7 characterized by comprising a non-rotating fixing member.

  According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F6, the base member on which the rotating body member is rotatably disposed, and the internal space of the rotating body member which is supported by the base member. Since it is provided with a fixed member that is not rotated with respect to the rotating body member, by holding the game ball that has flowed into the internal space on the fixed member or by rolling on the fixed member toward the outflow port. , With the rotation of the body member, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being violent in the internal space or being prevented from rolling in the game ball and staying in the internal space.

  In any one of the gaming machines F4 to F6, a gaming machine F8 characterized by comprising displacement setting means for restricting or permitting displacement of the displacement member according to a rotational position of the rotating body member.

  According to the gaming machine F8, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F4 to F6, the gaming machine F8 is provided with the displacement setting means for restricting or permitting the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the rotating body member. It is possible to suppress the displaced displacement member from interfering with other members around the rotating body member.

  In the gaming machine F5 or F6, a rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the spinning body member is provided, and in the rotation restricting member, the displacement member is displaced to the second position, and the other side of the displacement member is moved to the game area. A game machine F9, which restricts the rotation of the rotating body member when the game machine F9 is extended.

  According to the gaming machine F9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F5 or F6, the gaming machine F9 is provided with a rotation restricting means for restricting the rotation of the body member, and the rotation restricting member is configured such that the displacement member is displaced to the second position. When the other side is projected to the game area, the rotation of the rotating body member is restricted. Therefore, the rotating body member is rotated in a state where the displacement member is projected, and other members located on the rotation locus thereof. It is possible to prevent the displacement member from interfering with each other. In addition, it is possible to suppress the rotation body member from rotating due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine F3, a light emitting means that is capable of emitting light and is disposed in the internal space of the turning body member, and the second communication port that is an end surface of the turning body member in the rotation axis direction are formed. A gaming machine F10, characterized in that it is provided with an opening formed on the opposite end surface and an opening formed on the opposite side, and the electrical connection line of the light emitting means is wired through the opening.

  According to the gaming machine F10, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F3, an opening is formed on the end surface of the rotating body member in the rotation axis direction opposite to the end surface on which the second communication port is formed. Since the electrical connection line of the light emitting means is wired through the opening, it is possible to easily secure a space that can be used for each of the second communication port and the opening. As a result, the game balls can be smoothly flowed out through the second communication port, and the wiring work to the opening of the electrical connection line can be easily performed. In addition, since the second communication port and the opening can be separated from each other to the maximum extent, it is possible to easily suppress the interference between the game ball rolling the internal space to the second communication port and the electrical connection line.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
A displaceable first member and a second member, wherein the first member covers at least a part of the second member invisible and a state in which the first member is disposed at the covering position. Also in the gaming machine formed to be displaceable between the retreat position and the retreat position for reducing the area that covers the second member invisible, the first member is the second member in a state where it is displaced to the retreat position. A gaming machine G1 characterized in that the displacement of the gaming machine is regulated.

  Here, a first member and a second member that are displaceably formed are provided, and the first member covers the at least part of the second member invisible, and a state in which the first member is disposed at the covering position. There is known a game machine that is formed so as to be displaceable between a retracted position that reduces an area that covers the second member invisibly (for example, JP-A-2015-029849). According to this gaming machine, the first member is arranged at the covering position, and the second member is exposed to the second member by displacing the first member from the state where the second member is invisible to the player. It is possible to perform an effect that the player visually recognizes.

  However, in the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, since the second member is formed to be displaceable, the first member is displaced to the retracted position, and when the second member is exposed, the second member is displaced. May occur. Therefore, there is a problem in that the player cannot visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state, and the effect of production is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G1, the first member is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member in the state in which the second member is displaced to the retracted position, so that the second member is properly operated by the player. Can be visually confirmed, and the effect of production can be secured. That is, when performing the effect of displacing the first member to the retracted position and exposing the second member, the displacement of the first member to the retracted position, which must be performed for the effect, is performed by the second member. It is used as a means to regulate displacement. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide a mechanism for controlling the displacement of the second member or to perform control, and the structure can be simplified accordingly.

  In the gaming machine G1, the second member is rotatably formed and its center of gravity is eccentric from the center of rotation.

  According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G1, the second member is rotatably formed and the center of gravity of the second member is eccentric from the center of rotation. Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the second member is high. Can be increased. That is, the second member does not need to have a shape in which the center of gravity is located at the center of rotation, and for example, a shape asymmetric with respect to the rotation axis can be adopted, so that the effect of the second member can be enhanced. .. On the other hand, when the position of the center of gravity of the second member is eccentric as described above, the second member may be rotated (rotated) around the rotation center due to its own weight. Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be capable of restricting the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, which allows the player to visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state. It is possible to secure the effect.

  In the gaming machine G1 or G2, a displacing member that is displaceably arranged on the second member is provided, and the displacing member is displaceably formed with at least the first member displaced to the retracted position. A gaming machine G3 characterized in that.

  According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G1 or G2, the gaming machine G3 is provided with a displacement member displaceably arranged in the second member, and at least the first member of the displacement member is displaced to the retracted position. Since it is formed so as to be displaceable in the state, when the effect of displacing the first member to the retracted position and exposing the second member is performed, the effect of the effect is enhanced by further displacing the displacing member. You can On the other hand, if the displacement member is displaced when the second member is exposed, the position of the center of gravity may move due to the displacement, and the second member may rotate (rotate). Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be capable of restricting the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, which allows the player to visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state. It is possible to secure the effect.

  In the gaming machine G3, an outer peripheral surface of the second member is arranged so that a player can visually recognize it, and one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the outer peripheral surface of the second member, and the one side thereof. A gaming machine G4, characterized in that the other side, which is the opposite side from the other side, is formed so as to be able to project to the game area.

  According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine G3, the outer peripheral surface of the second member is disposed so that the player can visually recognize it, and the displacement member is rotatable on one side to the outer peripheral surface of the second member. Since the other side, which is pivotally supported on one side and the other side, is formed so as to project to the game area, it is possible to receive the game ball flowing down the game area on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, for example, when the inflow port of the game ball is formed in the second member, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily made to flow into the inflow port by using the displacement member. .. In this case, if the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area, the second member may be rotated by the load acting at that time and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be capable of restricting the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, and as a result, the displacement member is projected to a predetermined position in the game area. Can be maintained easily.

  In the gaming machine G4, the first member is arranged in the game area while facing the outer peripheral surface of the second member in the cover position, and is outside the area of the game area in the retreat position. A gaming machine G5 characterized by being arranged.

  According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G4, the first member is arranged in the game area while facing the outer peripheral surface of the second member in the covering position, so that the game machine flows down the game area. It is possible to prevent the ball from colliding with the second member and rotating the second member. In particular, when the rotational position of the second member is the rotational position that directs the displacement member toward the game area side, the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the displacement member and the displacement member is opened (tension). Can be suppressed).

  Further, since the first member is arranged outside the area of the game area at the retracted position, the displacement of the first member to the retracted position can secure a space for the displacement member to project to the game area. .. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the second member can be brought closer to the game area side (player side), and the player can easily recognize the displacement member.

  In the gaming machine G5, the first member is rotatably formed around a rotation axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the second member, and is formed in a plate shape curved along the outer peripheral surface of the second member. A gaming machine G6 characterized by being played.

  According to the gaming machine G6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G5, the first member is formed to be rotatable about a rotation axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the second member, and the outer peripheral surface of the second member is formed. Since it is formed in the shape of a plate that curves along, it is possible to suppress the space required for displacement between the covering position and the retracted position. Therefore, the space for disposing other members can be secured accordingly. Further, since the first member is formed to be curved in this way, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down in the game area from being stopped on the first member arranged at the covering position, and to be smooth. Can be made to flow down.

  Any one of the gaming machines G3 to G6 is provided with a driving means for generating a driving force and a transmitting means for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the second member and the displacing member. ..

  Here, in order to rotatably form the second member and displaceably dispose the displacement member on the second member, a drive means is required for each of the second member and the displacement member, which reduces the product cost. Bulky. Further, when the drive means for displacing the displacement member is mounted on the second member, the weight of the second member increases, and it becomes difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the second member.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines G3 to G6, the driving means for generating the driving force and the driving force of the driving means are applied to the second member and the displacing member. Since the transmission means for transmitting is provided, it is possible to perform the rotation of the second member and the displacement of the displacement member by also using one driving means. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced. Further, since it is not necessary to mount a drive means for displacing the displacement member on the second member, the weight of the second member can be reduced, and the rotation of the second member can be started or stopped smoothly.

  In the gaming machine G7, the gaming machine G8 is provided with a connecting means for connecting the first member and the displacement member and for interlocking the displacement of the first member with the displacement of the displacement member.

  According to the gaming machine G8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G7, the displacement member is displaced because it is provided with a coupling means that couples the first member and the displacement member and interlocks the displacement of the displacement member with the displacement of the first member. The driving means for moving the first displacing member can also be used as the driving means for displacing the first displacing member. In this case, when the displacement member and the first member are displaced by the driving forces of different drive means, if the control failure occurs, the displacement member and the first member may interfere with each other. Since it is possible to mechanically connect the one member and synchronize their displacements, it is possible to reliably prevent the displacement member and the first member from interfering with each other.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotating Unit 700 as an Example>
In a gaming machine provided with drive means for generating drive force, a displacement member displaced by the drive force of the drive means, and transmission means for transmitting the drive force of the drive means to the displacement member, the transmission means is A first member, a second member located closer to the displacement member in the driving force transmission path than the first member, and an engagement member arranged between the first member and the second member. When the first member is displaced in one direction with respect to the second member, the engaging member engages with the first member and the second member, and the driving force is transmitted. The gaming machine H1 is characterized in that the second member is displaced ahead of the first member in the one direction in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member.

  Here, there is known a gaming machine provided with a drive unit that generates a drive force, a displacement member that is displaced by the drive force of the drive unit, and a transmission unit that transmits the drive force of the drive unit to the displacement member. (For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-029849). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the transmission state of the driving force from the driving means to the displacement member is always constant, when the driving means is driven at a constant driving speed, the displacement member also becomes constant. It is displaced at the displacement speed, and cannot change the displacement mode of the displacement member. Therefore, there is a problem that the effect of the effect due to the displacement of the displacement member is insufficient.

  Although the displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed by increasing or decreasing the drive speed of the drive means, the displacement speed in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member is different from the displacement speed in other sections. In order to obtain the speed, it is necessary to arrange a sensor device for detecting the position of the displacement member, and to increase or decrease the output of the driving means according to the detection result of the sensor device, which causes an increase in product cost and control cost. .. In addition, the structure and control become complicated, and the reliability thereof is lowered.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine H1, the transmission means includes the first member, the second member located closer to the displacement member in the driving force transmission path than the first member, the first member and the second member. An engaging member disposed between the members, and when the first member is displaced in one direction with respect to the second member, the engaging member engages the first member and the second member. The transmission of the driving force is interrupted while the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, and the second member is displaced ahead of the first member in one direction in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member. Therefore, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section, regardless of the driving state of the drive unit. Therefore, it is possible to add a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

  Further, according to the gaming machine H1, the second member can be advanced in one direction with respect to the first member regardless of the driving state of the driving means, so that, for example, in the entire displacement section of the displacement member, The drive means can be driven at a constant drive speed, and it is not necessary to increase or decrease the drive speed of the drive means in the middle of the displacement section of the displacement member (that is, according to the predetermined section or another section). As a result, the control can be simplified, the control cost can be reduced, and the reliability of the operation can be improved. Alternatively, the driving of the driving unit can be stopped in a predetermined section, and in this case, energy consumption can be suppressed.

  Further, according to the gaming machine H1, in the driving state in which the first member is displaced in the other direction with respect to the two members, the engagement of the engagement member is released, and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted. The displacement member can be brought into a stopped state (non-driving state), and the driving force of the driving means in such a driving state can be used as a driving force for driving another member. That is, by switching the driving direction of the driving means, it is possible to respectively displace two members, the displacement member and the other member.

  The transmission means is formed so that the engagement of the engagement member is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted when the first member is displaced in the other direction with respect to the second member. It may be something that is done.

  In the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is rotatably formed, and the center of gravity of the displacement member is eccentric from the center of rotation. In the predetermined section, the weight of the displacement member causes the second member to move in the one direction. A gaming machine H2, which is formed so as to be operable in a direction of displacement.

  According to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is rotatably formed, and its center of gravity is eccentric from the center of rotation, and the weight of the displacement member is the first in a predetermined section. Since the two members are formed so as to be movable in one direction, the weight of the displacement member can be used to displace the second member ahead of the first member in one direction. .. That is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

  For example, when the displacement member is formed to be capable of repeating 360 ° rotation about its rotation axis as a center of rotation, the displacement speed (rotation speed) of the displacement member in a predetermined section is different from that of the displacement member in another section. A mode in which the rotation speed is faster than the displacement speed (rotation speed), that is, a rotation mode in which the rotation speed is increased or decreased during one rotation can be repeatedly performed.

  In the gaming machine H2, the transmission means includes a main body portion that is rotationally driven by the second member, and a crank member that is provided so as to project from the main body portion and that has a pin portion that is eccentrically located from the center of rotation of the main body portion. The crank member has a sliding groove into which a pin portion of the crank member is slidably inserted, and an arm member rotatably supporting an intermediate portion, and the other end of the arm member is displaced. A gaming machine H3 characterized by being connected to a member.

  According to the gaming machine H3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H2, the transmission means is provided so as to project from the main body portion that is rotationally driven by the second member and the main body portion, and is located eccentrically from the rotation center of the main body portion. Since a crank member having a pin portion and a sliding groove into which the pin portion of the crank member is slidably inserted are formed on one end side and an intermediate portion is rotatably supported by an arm member, By rotating the crank member by the second member and sliding the pin member along the sliding groove, the other end of the arm member can be reciprocated. In this case, since the other end side of the arm member is connected to the displacement member, the displacement member can be reciprocated between the first position and the second position along with the reciprocal movement of the other end side of the arm member. .. That is, the displacement direction of the displacement member can be switched without switching the drive direction of the drive means.

  In the gaming machine H3, the displacement member is reciprocated between a first position and a second position in accordance with the reciprocal movement of the other end of the arm member, and is displaced from the first position to the second position. During the displacement, and in the middle of the displacement from the second position to the first position, the direction in which the weight of the displacement member acts on the second member is different from that of the second member. A gaming machine H4, wherein a direction in which the second member is displaced is changed to a direction in which the second member is displaced in the one direction.

  According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H3, the displacement member is reciprocally moved between the first position and the second position in accordance with the reciprocating motion of the other end side of the arm member, and the first position. From the second position to the second position, and during the displacement from the second position to the first position, the direction in which the weight of the displacement member acts on the second member causes the second member to move. Since the direction in which the second member is displaced in the other direction is changed to the direction in which the second member is displaced in one direction, when the displacement member is reciprocated, the displacement member may be displaced in any direction from the middle of the displacement. The displacement speed of the displacement member can be increased. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

  For example, the displacement member is reciprocated between an extended position (first position), which is a position that is visibly extended from the player, and a retracted position (second position), which is the extended position and is retracted. When operating, when the displacement member is extended from the retracted position to the extended position, the displacement member is displaced at a constant displacement speed up to the middle, and the displacement speed of the displacement member is increased from the middle to accelerate the displacement member. The displacement member can be extended to the overhanging position, and when the displacement member is retracted from the overhanging position to the overhanging position, the displacement member is displaced at a constant displacement speed up to the middle and the displacement speed of the displacement member is increased from the middle. Then, the displacement member can be immediately retracted to the retracted position.

  In the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is formed so as to be slidable, and in the predetermined section, the displacement member is inclined downward in the direction of the slide displacement, so that the weight of the displacement member is the second member. A gaming machine H5, which is formed so as to be operable in a direction in which it is displaced in the one direction.

  According to the gaming machine H5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is formed so as to be slidable, and in a predetermined section, the displacement member is slanted downward in the direction of the slide displacement, whereby the weight of the displacement member is increased. Is formed so that it can act in the direction of displacing the second member in one direction, the weight of the displacing member is used to displace the second member ahead of the first member in one direction. be able to. That is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

  The gaming machine H6 according to any one of the gaming machines H2 to H5, wherein the displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold a gaming ball at least in the predetermined section.

  According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines H2 to H5, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to hold the game ball in at least a predetermined section, so that the displacement member holds the game ball. In the state, the weight of the displacement member as a whole can be increased by the weight of the game ball, and the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section can be made faster. Further, the weight of the entire displacement member is made different depending on whether the game ball is held on the displacement member or not, or depending on the number of game balls held. be able to. Thereby, in each case, the displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

  In any one of the gaming machines H2 to H6, the displacement member includes a receiving portion that receives a game ball that flows down in the game area, and at least in the predetermined section, the receiving portion receives the game ball when the receiving ball receives the game ball. A game machine H7, wherein a force applied to the displacing member is formed so as to act in a direction in which the second member is displaced in the one direction.

  According to the gaming machine H7, in any of the gaming machines H2 to H6, the displacing member includes a receiving portion that receives the game ball flowing down in the game area, and at least in a predetermined section, when the receiving portion receives the game ball. The force acting on the displacement member from the game ball is formed so that it can act in the direction in which the second member is displaced in one direction, so when the receiving portion receives the game ball, the kinetic energy of the game ball. Can be used to increase the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section. Further, the force applied to the displacement member is made different depending on whether the receiving portion receives the game ball, does not receive it, or depending on the flow-down speed (magnitude of kinetic energy) of the game ball at the time of receiving. be able to. Thereby, in each case, the displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to impart a change to the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

  The game ball flowing down the game area is not limited to a game ball moving along the direction of gravity on the front surface of the game board, and includes a game ball moving in a direction different from the direction of gravity. As a game ball that moves in a direction different from the gravity direction, for example, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the gravity direction by colliding with a nail, tulip, or accessory, or after rolling the stage and jumping out of the stage Thus, a game ball that moves in a direction different from the gravity direction is illustrated.

  In the gaming machine H6 or H7, the transmission means includes a gear train that forms a part or the whole of the transmission path of the driving force, and a load gear that meshes with one gear of the gear train. A gaming machine H8 characterized by.

  According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H6 or H7, the transmission means meshes with a gear train forming part or all of the transmission path of the driving force and one gear of the gear train. Since the load gear is provided, the weight of the game ball or the kinetic energy is used when the game ball is held by the displacement member or the game ball is received by the receiving portion in a predetermined section. Then, the second member is displaced in one direction ahead of the first member (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section is made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section), If the game ball is not held in the displacement member or the game ball is not received in the receiving portion, the second member is used with respect to the first member by utilizing the load (resistance) when rotating the load gear. It is possible to suppress the displacement in advance in one direction (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section is increased).

  That is, when the game ball is not held by the displacement member or the receiving portion does not receive the game ball, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section becomes faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section. That is, only when the game ball is held by the displacement member or the receiving portion receives the game ball, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section is higher than the displacement speed of the displacement member in the other section. The mode of speeding up can be easily formed.

  In any one of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8 and H1 to H8, the gaming machine is a slot machine. A gaming machine K1. Among them, as a basic configuration of the slot machine, "variable display means for dynamically displaying the identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and then confirming and displaying the identification information is provided to operate the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). Due to the start of the dynamic display of the identification information, the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. It is a gaming machine provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, provided that the confirmed identification information is the specific identification information. In this case, coins, medals, etc. are typical examples of the game medium.

  One of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8 and H1 to H8, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Gaming machine K2. Among them, the basic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, which shoots a ball to a predetermined game area in response to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is moved to an operating port arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning a prize (or passing through an actuation port), there is one in which the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to allow a ball to be won, and a value depending on the number of winning prizes. The value (including not only the gift ball but also the data written to the magnetic card, etc.) is given.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8 and H1 to H8, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. A gaming machine K3 characterized by being fused. Among them, the basic configuration of the fused gaming machine is "provided with variable display means for confirming and displaying identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information, and starting operation means (for example, operating lever). The variation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. It is provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stop is the specific identification information, and a ball is used as a game medium, and the identification information is also provided. The game machine is configured so that a predetermined number of balls are required to start the dynamic display of, and a large number of balls are paid out when the special game state occurs.
<Other>
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and capable of moving a game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction, and a displacement member from outside the track area. There is known a gaming machine provided with a regulating means for regulating the sending of the game ball to the orbital area of the displacement member (Patent Document 1: JP 2010-166997 A).
However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, there is a problem that a problem may occur due to the game balls exceeding the specified number.
The present technical idea has been made in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine in which a problem due to a gaming ball exceeding the specified number is less likely to occur.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, the game machine described in the technical idea 1 is a displacement member formed so as to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and capable of moving a game ball in accordance with the displacement in the first direction. And a restricting means for restricting the game balls from being fed from outside the track area of the displacement member to the track area of the displacement member, wherein the displacement member is in a direction opposite to the first direction. It is formed to be displaceable from the reference position in the second direction.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 2 is the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1, which includes a passage member formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass, and the downstream side of which is communicated with a track region of the displacement member, and the regulating means. Is characterized by restricting the passage of the game ball in the passage member.
The gaming machine described in the technical idea 3 is the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, wherein the displacement member is formed so as to be able to receive and hold a specified number of game balls sent from the passage member at the reference position. Together with this, it is formed so as to be displaceable from the reference position in the second direction by at least a distance exceeding the diameter of the game ball.
<Effect>
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, it is possible to make it difficult for the trouble due to the game balls to exceed the specified number.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, it is possible to reliably send the game balls in excess of the specified number to the trajectory area of the displacement member.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, it is possible to separate the prescribed number of gaming balls and the gaming balls exceeding the prescribed number.

10 pachinko machine 100-104 board box
4 60 Transmission mechanism (displacement means )
4 66 rack (machine構部)
467-ball receiver (slave moving parts)

Claims (2)

In a gaming machine provided with a displacement means formed displaceably, and a regulation means for regulating that the game ball is fed to the track area of the displacement means,
The displacing means includes a mechanism portion that is displaceable in a first direction from a reference position or in a second direction that is an opposite direction to the first direction from the reference position, and the mechanism portion is connected to the mechanism portion. A driven part that is displaced along with the displacement, and when the mechanism part is displaced to the reference position, the driven part can come into contact with the game ball sent to the track area ,
The gaming machine, after the said in a state of maintaining the posture of the follower mechanism section with respect to the mechanism portion is displaced from the second direction to the first direction, of the driven portion relative to the mechanism in Rukoto be changed attitude, the gaming machine characterized by Rukoto is thrown movable around a contact with the game balls to the driven part in the first direction.   The gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising a board box.

Images